Farming Monthly National November 2025

PODCAST PODCAST

November

Don't miss a thing! Tune in to our Farming Monthly Podcast every month for in-depth discussions on all the topics found in this month's magazine, available on all major podcast platforms listed below.

Farming Farming

EDITOR

editor@farmingmonthly.com

EDITORIAL ENQUIRIES

editorial@farmingmonthly.com

ADVERTISING ENQUIRIES

Tel: +44 (0) 2476 353537

ADVERTISING DIRECTOR

Shona Beedham

shona@farmingmonthly.com

ACCOUNT EXECUTIVE

Jennifer Mills

jennifer.mills@farmingmonthly.com

ACCOUNT EXECUTIVE

Vicky Smith

vicky.smith@farmingmonthly.com

SUBSCRIPTIONS subscriptions@farmingmonthly.com

PRODUCTION production@farmingmonthly.com

in DIGITAL & WEB

For editorial, general enquiries or to advertise please call +44 (0) 2476 353537 or email sales@farmingmonthly.com

Farming Monthly National is published monthly in the UK by Farming Monthly Ltd, Tel: +44 (0) 2476 353537 UK based Digital Farming Magazine.

No part of this magazine may be reproduced without permission from the publisher.

Whilst every attempt is made to ensure accuracy, the opinions expressed in the magazine are not necessarily those of the Editor or publication. The Editor also reserves the right to alter or edit material as required and no responsibility is accepted for inaccuracies.

Full copyright applies. All rights reserved. ISSN 2044-0190 (print) ISSN 2044-0200 (digital)

New app cuts farm compliance time

Farmers, consultants and buyers could save a huge amount of time and effort with a new app that streamlines record-keeping for farm assurance and environmental schemes.

Currently, records for such schemes are disparate and duplicative, but the new Regeno app, Farmwalk, brings everything together on one platform. Farmers can simply take photos or record voice notes in the field, and the app automatically allocates them to the appropriate scheme or schemes, ready for consultants to approve.

“Farmers, consultants and supply chain partners can spend days chasing, formatting and filing data, which can be scattered across emails, paperwork, photos and WhatsApp,” says Regeno Founder Sven Poppelmann. “Using the app, everything is one secure system, with evidence automatically mapped across different actions and schemes. Early pilots show it cuts admin time by 30-40%.”

artificial intelligence it recognises where you are and what you’re recording, be it a cover crop or a buffer strip,” he adds. “Then it builds an audit-ready pack at the click of a button, to show what else is required to reach 100% compliance.

“We’ve seen farms with nine or 10 live agreements across the Sustainable Farming Incentive (SFI) and Countryside Stewardship (CS) use the app to eliminate confusion and guesswork around which actions need documenting, and in which way,” notes Mr Poppelmann. “It brings real clarity to what used to be a messy, time-consuming process.”

Users can access the SFI, CS, and Red Tractor assurance in Farmwalk – and Regeno can add other schemes with 24 hours’ notice. It can even be tailored to smaller co-operative regenerative farming schemes, for example, or for supply chain partners with their own verification needs.

“Using the single business identifier, it connects with the Rural Payments Agency and adds all of the detail and maps required quickly and easily,” says Mr Poppelmann. “The compliance calendar sends reminders, and everything can be reviewed and amended to individual circumstances.”

Farmwalk sends reminders for compliance tasks, like walking a farm hedge or soil sampling, and then gathers video, photos and GPS data to fill records automatically. The app can also scan cattle tags, creating a map of where livestock are on the farm. “You don’t need to tell it what to do – using

The app – which is already being piloted by major land agents across more than 300,000ha –allows consultants to see the compliance status of their entire portfolios at a glance, helping them stay on top of their work and grow their business without additional admin.

And for farmers, it provides a stress-free way to record compliance without wading through RPA manuals. “Recording things in the moment is far easier than reconstructing them a year later,” says Mr Poppelmann. “With more inspections moving online, Farmwalk reduces duplication and makes collaboration seamless.”

Farmwalk is available via a subscription package, with a 30day free trial or option to try some features for free with no sign up required. Having won an Innovate UK grant for its development, it can also be further tailored according to user needs.

• For more information visit https://regeno.farm.

MDS announces new Chair as Christine Tacon steps down after nine years of leadership

MDS is pleased to announce the appointment of Paul Willgoss as its new Chair, following the planned departure of Christine Tacon, who steps down after nine years of dedicated service.

During her tenure, Christine has overseen a period of significant growth and transformation for MDS, strengthening the organisation’s position as a leading provider of leadership and management training in the food and fresh produce industry. Under her guidance, MDS has continued to evolve its governance, broaden its membership base and deepen its impact in developing the next generation of industry leaders.

Reflecting on her time as Chair, Christine said:

“It has been an absolute privilege to serve as Chair of MDS for the past nine years. The organisation’s mission to nurture and develop the future leaders of the food and farming industry has never been more important, and I am immensely proud of the increased resilience of the business, the diversity and capability of the trainees and the strength of its membership. I am confident that Paul will bring a fresh perspective and energy to the role and that MDS will continue to go from strength to strength under his leadership.”

Paul Willgoss, who will formally take up the position in October 2025, brings with him extensive industry knowledge having been at M&S for 32 years, the last 17 as technical director. More recently he has been instrumental in leading an industry-wide approach to tackling modern slavery, working with John Shropshire, coincidentally one of the founders

of MDS back in 1986. Paul has a strong record of industry leadership. Known for his collaborative and balanced approach, he is well placed to guide MDS on the next steps of its journey.

Commenting on his appointment, Paul said:

“I’m truly delighted to be joining MDS, a great business which plays a crucial role in the development and support of future leaders in the food and farming industry. It is a real honour to be part of this ongoing success story as Chair.”

The MDS Board expressed its gratitude to Christine for her outstanding leadership and longstanding commitment to the organisation and warmly welcomed Paul’s appointment. His experience and industry network are expected to complement the MDS team’s operational strengths, providing the right balance of challenge, support and strategic insight as the organisation continues to grow.

Since its formation 38 years ago, MDS has grown from its founding membership of three grower businesses to 68 member companies across the agrifood, fresh produce and food retail sectors. Members include Aldi, Pepsico, Riverford Organics and BASF.

Under Christine’s leadership, MDS has flourished. Trainee numbers have grown from 32 to over 100 annually, and membership has nearly doubled –from 36 to 68 companies.

MDS trainees spend up to two years and four placements in member companies while completing an industry specific qualification in leadership and management.

Housing secretary admits National Development Management Policies won’t be statutory

CLA President Victoria Vyvyan said:

"Rural areas are crying out for a simpler, faster planning system, to enable businesses to diversify and grow, and to provide much-needed housing to improve the sustainability of communities.

"National Development Management Policies (NDMPs) have the potential to help unlock our

archaic planning system, but will be a wasted opportunity if they are not statutory.

"Rather than enabling significant planning reform, they simply risk becoming another layer of guidance. The planning system will not speed up – local plans will continue to be delayed and there will be further uncertainty and delay with planning decisions.

"These policies must be statutory to have any impact on not just the rural economy, but the planning system as a whole."

Cross-Sector Collaboration Needed to Unlock Farm Data Potential

Leaders across UK food and finance are calling for cross-sector collaboration on farm data collection, seeing it as vital to building a resilient and environmentally sustainable farming system.

At a Map of Ag roundtable in London earlier this month, panellists including NFU President Tom Bradshaw, Sophie Throup of Myton Food Group, Kate Hosking of Barclays UK, and Arla Board Director and Arla UK Area Chair Arthur Fearnall — agreed high-quality, consistent, and trusted data is the foundation for both resilience and environmental progress.

They identified three core principles to guide this work:

1. Collaboration - breaking down silos across sectors, from farmers and supply chains to government and finance.

2. Shared metrics - agreeing on what to measure and how, so progress is consistent and credible.

3. Farmer leadership - giving farmers a seat at the table to define and deliver the sustainability agenda.

However, panellists highlighted a gap in understanding what “good quality” data really means and how it should be used.

“We need to agree on a set of common metrics and act on them,” said Sophie Throup. “We’ve

done a lot of measuring, but the real benefit comes when we use that data to inform on-farm decisions and actions.”

Ms Throup added that it’s vital to make better use of the data already available on farms, with technology such as AI helping to simplify processes, support emissions reduction, and reduce the hassle factor for farmers.

She also emphasised the need for a trusted, central and independent place to govern farm data something that would help build confidence and encourage wider data sharing across the industry.

Tom Bradshaw added: “Data on its own is valueless unless it’s brought together, analysed collectively, and used to inform change. Farmers need to know there is a purpose — and a reward for contributing their information.”

Panellists agreed that consistent data collection on productivity and sustainability is vital if the food system is to progress but warned against duplication and the burden of reporting to multiple assurance schemes.

“Ultimately, farmers need to input data once and have it flow to where it needs to go,” said Arthur Fearnall. “We can’t afford to spend our time duplicating work we need consistency and common metrics.”

He highlighted the success of the Dairy Roadmap in driving environmental progress across the sector, adding: “The more resilient and efficient we

are as farmers, the more secure our businesses will be in the face of change.”

The financial sector also has a critical role to play. Kate Hosking, from Barclays UK, said data and metrics are increasingly important in unlocking finance for farm businesses.

“Finance will be key in supporting farmers to transition to more sustainable practices,” she said. “To do that fairly, we need clear, consistent metrics that give confidence to lenders and ensure farmers are rewarded for the improvements they are making.”

Ms Throup added: “Everyone wants simple answers to a complicated problem. But what we really need is collaboration and a systems-based approach to tackle the challenges we face — and to do so without operating in silos.”

It was agreed that farmers should be central to discussions about emissions data collection, and that they shouldn’t be dictated to on which standards to follow. Instead, they should have the

opportunity to set their own standards and drive their own agenda.

Duncan Rawson, partner at the European Food and Farming Partnerships (EFFP) and a former farmer, said: “Farmers should come together to set their own standards and metrics creating their own marketing opportunities and shaping the future of the industry. This is about giving farmers control over their own destiny.”

The panel also underlined the urgency of driving change. “It’s not about debating which methodology is perfect,” said Ms Hosking. “It’s about agreeing on what matters, acting on it, and building trust in the process. That’s how we deliver change at pace.”

Ms Throup added: “The path to a resilient future for farming lies in shared purpose. By breaking down silos, agreeing common metrics, and putting farmers in the driving seat, we can build a farming system that delivers productivity, profitability, and environmental stewardship.”

I Bringing British Farming to Your Ears

n a world where everyone’s busy and always on the move, the Farming Monthly Podcast makes staying informed about British agriculture easier than ever. It’s built for life on the go perfect for catching up on the latest farming news and insights while you’re out in the field, on the road, or tinkering in the shed.

The goal is simple: to bring the rich stories and expert insights of the Farming Monthly magazine straight to your ears. No need to carve out reading time just press play. Whether you’re driving the tractor, commuting to work, or managing your daily tasks, you can stay connected to what’s happening across the farming world.

Each episode is hosted by the Farming Monthly team, so you’ll hear familiar voices who truly know the industry. They share personal stories, behindthe-scenes moments, and expert commentary that add a fresh, conversational twist to every issue of the magazine.

Comprehensive Coverage

Each monthly episode flows naturally, just like flipping through the pages of the magazine. Expect discussions on everything from arable farming and grain markets to silage management, renewable energy, machinery innovations, ATV tech, building materials, and even slurry systems. If it’s in Farming Monthly, you’ll hear about it here.

Episodes drop each month in sync with the magazine’s new issue. The podcast mirrors its content so you’re always up to date with the latest news, trends, and expert opinions shaping British agriculture.

Audience and Impact

This podcast is for everyone who cares about farming career farmers, rural business owners, agri-students, and even people who just love the countryside. It breaks down barriers, making farming accessible and interesting to anyone curious about how Britain grows and produces its food.

Listeners are already raving about it. They love how it captures the heart of British farming and keeps them informed without taking them away from their work. The mix of convenience, quality, and genuine passion for the industry is what makes it a standout hit.

Where to Listen

You can find the Farming Monthly Podcast everywhere Spotify, YouTube, Amazon Music, and other major platforms. Just pick your favourite app, and you’re good to go.

Why It’s Unique

What really sets this podcast apart is its full-circle approach. It doesn’t just summarise the magazine it amplifies it. Every episode invites you to dig deeper, explore related stories, and connect with the wider farming community.

In short, the Farming Monthly Podcast isn’t just background listening it’s a living, breathing extension of the magazine. With its friendly tone, detailed coverage, and genuine commitment to British farming, it’s fast becoming a must-listen for anyone rooted in the agricultural world.

C Landowners wary of further profitability erosion ahead of autumn budget

arter Jonas says farm and estate owners will need to keep a close eye on the Chancellor's autumn budget and be prepared to make decisions about their future business structures when they know the facts.

While changes to inheritance tax have been central to the concerns of landowners since they were announced last October, the national property consultancy says there are several other fiscal changes that could affect confidence in the sector.

Tim Jones, Head of Rural at Carter Jonas, says the firm's clients are hoping for positivity and clarity, but are wary of decisions which further erode their ability to make a profit.

"There is considerable anticipation over what Rachel Reeves will announce in relation to Agricultural Property Relief (APR) and Business Property Relief (BPR)," he says.

"Following last year's budget, these remain two of the most critical tax tools for farm and estate owners, and while there has been significant lobbying across the sector, there have been no indications so far of any concessions from Government."

Raising the APR relief threshold from £1m to £5m would make a notable difference to family businesses, Tim explains. "Such a move would go some way to supporting the viability and sustainability of family farms, many of which are already under pressure from changing policy, inflation, and rising costs."

There is also likely to be scrutiny on other levers

available to landowners seeking to optimise their tax planning, including rules around gifting.

Carter Jonas says some families and businesses have been waiting to see whether lobbying efforts on inheritance tax were successful and may need to act swiftly once the new direction is confirmed.

Housing likely to be under the spotlight

Tim said he expects rural clients to pay close attention to fiscal policy around housing too.

Among the ideas under discussion is a so-called 'mansion tax' on homes valued at more than £1.5m, potentially taking the form of an annual levy. While primarily aimed at high-value residential properties, Tim warns that traditional farmhouses and estate homes – particularly in parts of southern England – could inadvertently be caught.

"Farmhouses and principal estate residences are usually family assets and integral to the running of a business," he says. "Their owners are not the wealthy individuals such a tax is intended to target, yet they could still be affected by its design."

National insurance and employment

Rural business owners will also be watching for measures that affect the cost of operations. UK agriculture employs close to half a million people, and increases to national insurance contributions in the past year have already added to employers' burdens. Decisions around the national minimum wage and apprenticeship funding will therefore be of particular interest.

"Ultimately, our clients will be hoping for a budget that does not further erode business profitability," says Tim. "Confidence to invest and innovate depends on a stable and predictable fiscal environment. Many land-based businesses are already making tough choices about their future, and further uncertainty could constrain growth across the rural economy."

Clarity over future funding for the Sustainable Farming Incentive would be welcomed, though it is not expected to feature in this month's announcements.

"Right now, businesses are operating in an environment where long-term planning is extremely difficult," Tim said. "A clear and consistent framework would go a long way toward restoring confidence."

Massive opportunities in rural economy despite short-term challenges

The rural economy has vast potential despite facing several short-term challenges, according to the new President of the Country Land and Business Association (CLA), Gavin Lane.

Norfolk farmer Gavin, who succeeds Victoria Vyvyan as the 57th president in the Association's 118-year history, has outlined the priorities that will be at the heart of his two-year tenure.

King's Lynn in Norfolk. At 25, he started farming on a contract farming arrangement with his father and now owns and farms land on two separate arable farms totalling 1,200 acres, both with Countryside Stewardship schemes and using regenerative farming practices. He is involved with a family residential property portfolio and with his wife, Jane, has diversified into a holiday cottage letting business.

Immediate priorities will include campaigning against the government's inheritance tax changes and working to secure certainty around agrienvironmental schemes. Gavin is also committed to championing the positive impact of land management and the importance of intergenerational family businesses on the wider economy.

Gavin said: "Long-term family businesses are a force for good, and I believe the rural economy has vast potential. There are massive opportunities in the countryside, including for young people, and if we can unlock the planning system that will make a big difference.

"CLA members offer some of the best land stewardship in the world, at a cost-effective price to the taxpayer, and can help offer solutions on everything from housing to flood management. I want to champion that."

On the most pressing priorities, Gavin said: "We are not giving up the fight on inheritance tax changes. The ELM schemes in England need to get back on track and we need to better understand what the government's vision is for the countryside, as it isn't clear or transparent.

"Businesses need stability; it leads to improved confidence and ultimately economic growth. We need a rural development policy that covers farming and family businesses, for the next ten years.

"It shouldn't be about making ends meet but something that is really quite powerful and ambitious."

Gavin is due to meet with Defra Secretary Emma Reynolds on his first day, and one of his first tasks will be appearing at the CLA's Rural Business Conference onThursday.

Gavin grew up on his family farm on the edge of

Gavin has also chaired the Education Committee of the Worshipful Company of Farmers and is a Nuffield Scholar.

Joe Evans has been appointed CLA Deputy President, while Eliza Ecclestone becomes Vice President.

For more information on the CLA visithttps://www. cla.org.uk/

Flexibility, investment and communication key for farmers as drought set to continue

With a real danger of widespread drought across England lasting into 2026 without significant rain over the winter, the NFU says flexibility,investmentand communication are vital,so farmers and growershave access to water to continue producing food for the nation.

A new report¹ from the Environment Agency warns that the drought situation across the country is precarious following a record dry spring and a continued run of heatwaves throughout the summer.

The sustained spell of dry weather during 2025 resulted in a challenging harvest with many arable farmers experiencing significant reductions in both yield and quality which hit cashflows and contributed to the already significant financial pressures on farming businesses. Grass growth has also been hit leading to reduced feed for livestock, while crops

tel: 01724 850224 fax: 01724 289317

such as onions and potatoes were also impacted.

NFUVice-president Rachel Hallos, who hosted a multi-agency Water Summit² on her farminJuly, said: "The unprecedented dry conditions this year have been extremely challenging for many farmersand growers,and this new report from the Environment Agency confirms we must now fully prepare ourselves for more of the same heading into 2026 and beyond.

"Despite recent significant rainfall and with Storm Claudia set to hit the UK over the next 48 hours with further heavy rain, groundwater levels are just not recovering, and many reservoirs are completely dry. With farmers and growers making decisions on what to plant for 2026, we must try to mitigate the impacts now.

"A good start would be more flexibility withabstraction licences including extensions to winter licences, so if it rains after March next year and water is available, anyone with a reservoir can take the water they need.

"The NFU is also supportive of Water Abstractor Groups (WAGs) which could work more effectively with each other, abstractors in other sectors and the Environment Agency to better understand and manage the risks they face.

"Tax breaks would also encourage investment in water management. We would like to seethe Annual Investment Allowanceenhanced so farmers and growers are incentivised to invest in on-farm water storage.The Budget this month presents an opportunity toextendthese allowances, and we've written to the Chancellor to outline this³.

"As we concluded at thissummer'sNFU Water Summit, communication is also so important. Conversations must continue so we have a joined-up approach that allows us to collaborate better with government and its agencies, local authorities, the supply chain and water companies, to ensure our farming businesses remain resilient, have access to a clean supply of water and can maintain the country's food security."

Routes to overseas markets and the role of agri-food attachés

Defra’s network of agri-food attachés helps UK farmers and food producers get their products onto international shelves and grow their businesses overseas.

Based in British embassies and consulates, the attachés open new markets, keep existing ones accessible, promote UK food and drink abroad, and guide businesses through export requirements.

Their work creates new opportunities for farmers and strengthens the reputation of British produce for quality, sustainability and high standards.

In this post, we explain what they do and include links for those looking to expand their international sales and find the best markets for their products.

What the attachés do

week for the first time, demonstrating the impact of an expanded attaché network.

Recent successes include securing market access for dairy to Egypt, worth £35 million per year, and pork exports to Mexico, worth £3.8 million per year. The attachés also collaborate with the UK AgriTech Centre to showcase British innovation and sustainability to global audiences. They recently secured access for UK sheep and goat genetic material to Kenya’s livestock market, building on earlier success in beef, bovine and poultry genetics exports. According to industry estimates, UK breeding stock now makes up about 70% of the world’s poultry.

We currently have 16 agri-food attachés covering the following locations:

• China, India, South America and the Caribbean (based in Mexico and Brazil)

• the Gulf, Europe (based in France and Spain)

• South Korea, Japan, Africa (based in Morocco and South Africa)

• South East Asia (based in Thailand and Vietnam)

• Canada, the United States, Australia and New Zealand.

The agri-food attachés with Secretary of State, Emma Reynolds and Minister Angela Eagle. They work closely with colleagues across Defra, the Department for Business and Trade, the Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office, and industry partners to open and protect markets for British producers.

So far this year, the attachés have helped resolve 41 agri-food market access barriers worth nearly £100 million a year, according to industry estimates.

Last year, Defra resolved more than a barrier a

Earlier this month, the attachés met farmers, processors and industry bodies from across the country to discuss opportunities for the sector and further build understanding of the barriers they face.

From mead to dairy, producers shared their experiences and insights into where UK food and drink have the potential to thrive overseas. These conversations ensure attachés can represent British farming interests effectively in global markets, tackle barriers the sector faces and identify and share insights on new opportunities as they emerge.

Learn more about growing your exports

If you're a farmer or food producer looking to grow your exports, we encourage you to visit theBusiness Growth Service. The site provides a range of tools, guidance, and support to help you sell abroad and identify the best markets for your products.

This includes access to theUK Export Academy, a free training programme designed to help UK businesses expand their international sales. By combining the expertise of Defra’s agri-food attachés with the resources available through the Business Growth Service, we hope UK producers can navigate export requirements, overcome barriers, and make the most of opportunities in global markets.

Reynolds takes steps to manage food costs and support British farming

Environment Secretary Emma Reynolds will renew the government's determination to help manage food bills and boost growth, supporting households, the food and drink industry and farmers.

With inflation now falling overall but food inflation rising according to latest figures, Emma Reynolds will set out further steps from government to help drive down food costs.

In two speeches to the Food and Drink Federation and CLA Rural Business conferences, she will announce the government's plans to invite industry to apply for tariffs to be suspended on products they need that aren't produced in the UK, as well as a new commitment to streamline regulation on the food sector wherever possible.

This supports the Chancellor's targeted action to support the Bank of England in reducing inflation and comes ahead of the Budget, where she will set out the fair choices she'll take to deliver on the country's priorities of cutting the cost of living, cutting NHS waiting lists and cutting national debt.

In a speech to leaders in the food industry on

Wednesday afternoon, the Environment Secretary is expected to say:

"Since joining Defra, I've been taking practical steps to bear down on food inflation and manage food costs for shoppers.

"By cutting red tape and keeping tariffs down we will help businesses deliver for customers and give them confidence to invest for the future."

To support the food industry, the Secretary of State will announce two major initiatives:

• To help reduceimportcosts, Defra, DBT and HMTwill be launching aprocess inviting industry to apply for import tariffs to be suspended to cut costs and to keep the prices of key ingredients from large increases.

• A new FoodInflationGateway will assess the impact of government regulations on food businesses and their impact on food prices. By introducing new requirements, removing duplication and streamlining regulation where possible this should reduce unnecessary costs for food businesses.

Both these measures aim to manage costs for manufacturers and retailers, avoiding these being passed on the consumers at the till. This builds on the EU reset deal that will mean less paperwork, lower costs and faster movement of goods for industry.

In a separate address to farmers and landowners tomorrow at the CLA Rural Business conference (Thursday 20 November), the Environment Secretary will set out how the government is supporting the nation's farmers to drive growth – with rural Britain contributing £259 billion to our economy and supporting over half a million businesses.

She is due to say:

"This government sees the rural economy as fundamental to our growth mission. When rural Britain succeeds, the whole country succeeds.

"From food production toprotecting nature, we are acting on our ambitions for a countryside where businesses flourish, good jobs arecreated,and our communitiesarestrengthened."

She will discuss work to boost farming productivity alongside the Batters Review, due to be published before Christmas, including:

• Unlockingnew markets for British producewith India,Chinaand the USA.

• Tackling contractual unfairness in supply chains with our 'Fair Dealings' regulations.

• Committingnearly £250 millionin farming grants to improve productivity, trialnew technologiesand drive innovation in the sector.

• Appointing Alan Laidlaw as the newCommissionerfor theTenant FarmingSector.

Oxford Farming Conference supports future food and farming leaders

The Oxford Farming Conference (OFC), supported by TIAH and BASF Agricultural Solutions, has announced the 15 individuals who will participate in its next Inspire Programme, including a fully funded ticket to OFC 2026 (7 – 9 January), themed Growing Resilience. Focused on developing leadership, networks, confidence and knowledge, the programme has over 130 graduates and continues to be a core part of the organisation's charitable remit to include, inspire and challenge.

Aimed at those 30 to 45 years of age with an active role within the food and farming sector, including farmers, growers, scientists, academics, media and agribusiness professionals, this year's cohort covers the breadth and depth of the UK. Leading the programme for 2026, OFC Director and estate manager, David Hill, highlights the importance of the initiative.

"Inspire has been a fantastic initiative in developing younger leaders, and it has also been invaluable for the OFC itself. Current Director Kelly HewsonFisher, who is Head of Rural Research at Savills, and I are Inspire Alumni, as was Will Evans, podcaster, farmer and columnist, Chair of our 2024 conference.

"We have two long-term sponsors of the Inspire programme, TIAH and BASF, who are also involved in the implementation of activities, which include personal development days in London, in addition to a session at the main conference."

The 2026 cohort, selected following a competitive application process, include:

Laura Beaumont, who works on her family's mixed farm in Herefordshire, Laura also heads up the British On-Farm Innovation Network (BOFIN)'s project management across four Innovation UKfunded projects.

Liz Bowes, head of curriculum at Gelli Aur Campus at Coleg Sir Gâr in South Wales. responsible for agriculture, agricultural engineering, and horticulture courses. She is also partner on a family-run dairy farm.

Bronagh Brennan, farm business management, training and HR consultant from Northern Ireland. David Bristow, who grew up on a beef and poultry farm in Northern Ireland. His degree in agricultural engineering led him took him to Lincolnshire, where he now manages the farming at Stourton Estate. Tom Cannon, from Roughway Farm is part of a

farming family that has farmed in Kent for generations. Tom has helped to diversify the family farm, including into cobnuts following his research during a Churchill Fellowship.

Matt Elliott, a new entrant to farming. Matt is FarmED's agricultural lead, a regenerative demonstration farm and education centre in the Cotswolds. Matt is also a National Trust tenant on the Sherborne Estate in Gloucestershire. Adam Godwin, has an engineering background and is a farm management assistant working across 2,600ha.

Maryna Kuzmenko co-founded Petiole, a UK agritech company applying computer vision and deep learning to plant phenotyping and quality control in agrifood.

Beth Metson, director at HedgeLife which creates and enhances tree and hedge networks across the east and south-east of England. Beth also farms in Essex.

Agnes Mwihaki Lokoro, a specialist in sustainable agriculture and food security across Africa and beyond.

Morgan Robinson grew up on the Lowther Estate in Cumbria; he is now Estate Operations Director at the historic 17,000-acre Holker Estate in Cumbria. William Sandersis a Dairy Farm Manager and mentor in Staffordshire, building his career from a non-farming background.

Anna Simpson, public affairs manager at the Crown Estate, leading engagement on environmental, rural and land use policy across the estate's wide portfolio.

Andrew Teanby, director of Savills' rural research team, responsible for farmland market intelligence and policy change. Andrew is also manager of an arable farm in Lincolnshire.

Jessica Evans Williams, a farmer from mid-Wales in the Eryri National Park, specialising in native breeds, she also works part-time as an environmental health officer.

To find out more about the individuals, download theirbiographies here.

Tickets for the 2026 conference are on sale. To view the full programme and to book your place, visitwww.ofc.org.uk

Booking open for Deeside Monitor Farm meeting on forage crops and outwintering

The options, costs and outcomes of forage crops and outwintering in Aberdeenshire will be tackled at the next Deeside Monitor Farm meeting, which is nowopen for booking.

The open meeting, Forage for Thought, starts at 12 noon on Wednesday 3 December at the Mid-Deeside Church Hall,Torphins.Kirsten WilliamsfromSACConsultingwillhelp attendees exploreforage cropoptions and consider costs for outwintering on their farms.

Kirsten has delivered a Monitor Farm Scotland Innovation Project, 'Maximising the Potential of Forage Crops in a Challenging Climate' and will be revealing the results at the meeting.

It includes case studies of four farmers growing and using a range of 10 forage crops last winter. The project gave the farmers a deeper understanding of their forage systems, including cost of production, nutritional analysis, nutrition advice, insight into the animals' requirements and the supply from the systems.

Attendees will hear more about the project and its outcomes for outwintering cows and calves in an interactive session led by Kirsten including videos, information and questions.

The meeting includes a visit to LittleMaldronand MeikleMaldronfarms with Duncanand

ClaireMorrison, theDeeside Monitor Farmers. Attendees will see in-calf cattle on deferred grazing and bales, then cows and calves or in-calf heifers on kale and bales, with the chance to question Duncan on the benefits and challenges of his forage systems.

The final part of the meeting will see Kirsten interview the four Aberdeenshire farmers, with opportunities for the audience to ask questions about forage crops in theNorthEast.

Peter Beattie, Monitor Farm regional adviser, says: "I am looking forward to hearing the results of this innovation project, and from the four farmers involved - Duncan Morrison, Jonny Stewart, Robert Marshall and Alex Stephen. It will be a great opportunity for attendees to find out how they got on, and Kirsten's session will be informative and thought-provoking for anyone considering the cost of outwintering their cattle."

Booking is essentialfor catering purposes; tea and coffee withfuncypiecesareavailable from 12 noon, withstovies served with neeps and kaletowards the end.

• 'Forage for Thought; Innovations in outwintering at the Deeside Monitor Farm' open meeting on Wednesday 3 December, 12 noon-5pm at MidDeeside Parish Hall, St Marnan Road,Torphins, Banchory AB31 4JQand then ontothefarm. Book here: https://Forageforthought.eventbrite. co.uk

King’s Award presented to family-run farming business

Aprestigious King’s Award for Enterprise was presented to ExmoorbasedShearwell Data Limitedon 5thNovember by His Majesty’s personal representative in the county, theLord-Lieutenant of Somerset, Mohammed Saddiq.

A family-run business and a leading global supplier of animal identification and livestock management systems, Shearwell Data was recognised by the King’s Awards for Enterprise for outstanding shortterm growth. In the three years to September 2023, its total overseas sales grew by 69%, representing almost a third of its annual turnover.

The Lord-Lieutenant was given a tour of the company’s premises near Minehead, including its state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities and robotics. Shearwell Data’s products are developed and manufactured in the UK, then rigorously tested on the family’s own farms to ensure quality, reliability and ease of use.

Presenting the Award, Mohammed Saddiq, the Lord-Lieutenant of Somerset, said:“Many congratulations to everyone at Shearwell Data on receiving the prestigious King’s Award for Enterprise. This is an exceptional achievement –these awards are reserved for only a select number of organisations that truly demonstrate excellence in their field. You have shown remarkable success, not only through the quality and innovation of your products but also through the impressive growth of your exports.

“Shearwell Data stands as a beacon of innovation, commitment and community spirit. As a major employer in West Somerset and a proud family-run business, you exemplify the very best of what Somerset enterprise represents.”

Emma Thorne, Co-CEO of Shearwell Data, said:“We are deeply honoured to accept the King’s Award for Enterprise in recognition of our outstanding growth in international trade. From our humble beginnings working from the kitchen table to where we are today, we’ve always believed in doing things the right way – with integrity, innovation and care for our customers. That belief has helped us achieve remarkable growth, expanding our reach, our partnerships and our impact far beyond the UK.

“Receiving the King’s Award inspires us to go even further. We see it not as a finish line, but as a beginning – a call to continue growing with the same spirit that got us here. We have recently been accredited with approval for a new EID cattle tag in Australia, this will allow us to expand our product portfolio there and offer our great customer service to a wider range of producers.

“We’re proud to carry forward not just the success of our company, but the values of British enterprise, innovation and excellence that this award celebrates.”

The largest employer within the Exmoor National Park, Shearwell Data provides tools that enhance the speed and accuracy of animal identification, improve record-keeping for both management and statutory purposes, and promote livestock health and welfare. With industry-leading tag retention rates and excellent customer support, the company exports to 35 countries including Australia, New Zealand, Canada, the United States and South Africa.

The King’s Awards for Enterprise, previously known as The Queen’s Awards for Enterprise, were renamed in 2023 to reflect His Majesty The King’s desire to continue the legacy of HM Queen Elizabeth II’s by recognising outstanding UK businesses. The Award programme, now in its 59thyear, is the most prestigious business award in the country, with successful businesses able to use the esteemed King’s Awards Emblem for the next five years.

Agroecology boost to biodiversity and climate resilience across Europe - new review finds

Acomprehensive meta-analysis* of 170 studies conducted across 21 European countries finds that shifting to agroecological farming practices reduces agriculture's negative impacts on nature and contributes to climate mitigation.

The research, led by Horizon EU project Agroecology-TRANSECT and published in Agriculture, Ecosystems & Environment journal, brings together scientific evidence showing that agroecology, an ecological, sustainable and integrated approach to farming, consistently benefits ecosystems and contributes to climate mitigation.

This new study combines data from arable, grassland, horticultural and perennial production systems.

Biodiversity is supported by agroecology ... The findings show that agroecological practices outperform conventional methods in supporting biodiversity, including plants, pollinators, insects, and soil organisms.

These benefits were consistent across most farming systems, with the exception of horticulture, where limited data suggests further research is needed.

... And agroecology needs biodiversity

Agroecology-TRANSECT's scientific coordinator Bertrand Dumont says: "We now have key evidence that the benefits of agroecology are not a notion but a fact. The meta-analysis found that biodiversity increased under agroecological interventions compared to conventional farming methods."

Agriculture's environmental footprint

By contrast, conventional farming, characterised by large scale, high input mono-systems, is recognised as a major driver of environmental degradation, including biodiversity loss and greenhouse gas emissions, which contribute to the climate crisis.

"We have been aware for several years that a shift to more sustainable systems is necessary across Europe, and agroecology has emerged as a viable alternative", says key researcher Cian Blaix. "Until now, a comprehensive scientific review of its environmental benefits was lacking."

Dumont continues: "Agroecology prioritises reducing the inputs needed for production, so to use biodiversity and the supporting services it brings, for example in pest control and improved soil health, shows how we can enhance production in a more natural way."

Climate benefits

The study also found that agroecological practices enhance carbon storage in soils and reduce emissions of nitrous oxide, a potent greenhouse gas. However, reductions in carbon dioxide and methane emissions at the field scale were not confirmed, indicating that agroecology alone may not be sufficient to meet all climate targets.

"The study shows that agroecology is definitely a positive step," says Dumont, "But it must be part of a broader strategy designed to tackle all greenhouse gases."

The publication of the wide-reaching study follows the publication of post 2027 CAP proposal by the European Commission this summer, and at a crucial time in the development of future food and farming policy in Europe.

"This evidence helps farmers and policymakers target measures that work for nature and productivity, from diversified rotations to hedgerows and cover crops," said Dumont.

A win-win for nature and climate

Crucially, in studies that assessed both biodiversity and climate outcomes, agroecological practices and systems delivered positive results on both fronts.

These findings strengthen the case for agroecology as a key strategy in transforming Europe's food systems, moving them toward greater sustainability, resilience, and ecological integrity.

Cabinet Secretary joins international researchers at The James Hutton Institute for symposium on Scottish land reform in a global context

Academics, practitioners and policy makers – including the Cabinet Secretary for Rural Affairs, Land Reform, and Islands, Mairi Gougeon MSP – gathered at The James Hutton Institute's Craigiebuckler campus in Aberdeen this week for the Scotland Land Reform Futures International Symposium.

The symposium, which was funded by the Scottish Government, gave researchers a chance to showcase their work around land reform in Scotland and learn from international experience. It was held over two days at the new Hutton Hub, a state-of-the-art development financed by the Scottish Government's Just Transition Fund, the Macaulay Development Trust and the UK Department for Science, Innovation and Technology. The new facility includes cutting-edge facilities such as conference suites, meeting rooms, touch tables, VR headsets and a 360-degree Immersive Suite.

The main theme of the symposium wasAchieving collaboration, cooperation, and a just transition in land: lessons from and challenges facing Scottish land reform. Topics of discussion and key questions included:

• The opportunities and challenges in ensuring land data transparency in Scotland and internationally.

• How do models and methods that aim to support equitable land access work in other countries, and what is the role of the public sector?

• What can Scotland offer in terms of knowledge and leadership in global discussions around land and rural development?

• What can we learn from other countries to support land access for new entrants to agriculture, climate-friendly food production, and the Just Transition?

Speakers included the Cabinet SecretaryMairi Gougeon MSP andMichael Russell, chair of the Scottish Land Commission, as well as a host of researchers and experts from across the UK, Canada, France, the Netherlands, Belgium, Germany, Italy, New Zealand, and Japan. Participants also joined online from across Scotland and Europe.

Along with the talks, attendees had the opportunity to present their own work at a "research

marketplace" and enjoyed an informal conference dinner with music from Hazlehead Academy pupils. Films produced by Dr Penelope Anthias, one of the keynote speakers were also shown in the Immersive Suite, highlighting experiences of community land struggles in Latin America. The symposium was organised members of the Hutton's Social, Economic and Geographical Sciences Department, with Dr Annie McKee and Dr Naomi Beingessner taking the lead. The project team also involved colleagues from Scotland's Rural College (SRUC).

Dr McKee said, "One of the key goals of the symposium was to create new international research collaborations and to develop a shared understanding on the lessons emerging from Scottish land reform to contribute to wider debates around land and agrarian reform around the world. We hope that the key themes from this event can feed into international forums such as the Second International Conference on Agrarian Reform and Rural Development (ICARRD+20), which will be held in Colombia in February 2026."

Land Reform Secretary Mairi Gougeon said, "I was delighted to attend theScottishLand Reform Futures International symposium at the new Hutton Hub in Aberdeen. Coming off the recent passage of the landmark Land Reform (Scotland) Bill, this was a perfect moment to celebrate Scotland's progress on Land Reform and to look to the future.

"I would like to thank The James Hutton Institute and all involved for bringing together a wealth of expertise spanning multiple continents, developing important connections which will help to inform future Land Reform policy and research." A report on the symposium will be published in Spring 2026

Bridging the hungry gap: Jordans farmers' work for wildlife this winter could be more critical than ever

This autumn, 'unsung hero' farmers are hard at work giving nature a helping hand for the seasons ahead, providing wildflower strips and supplementary food for birds alongside their usual crops.

Despite reports of a mast year, with bumper crops of berries and nuts early on in the season,The Wildlife Trusts say thatfollowing this summer's prolonged drought, these efforts are likely to be more critical than ever as natural food supplies such as grasses and seeds run low during the winter.

Farmers that grow oats for Jordans Cereals, in partnership with The Wildlife Trusts and LEAF, are among those helping to address this 'hungry gap' – a period which spans the colder winter months when berries, insects, and other natural food sources are scarce.

Collectively, the Jordans Farm Partnership provides almost 30% of their farmed area for wildlife - an area equivalent to over 6000 football pitches. This autumn one such farmer, Roger Forster in Northamptonshire, is hard at work scattering seeds across his 30 hectares of wild bird food plots. This will supplement the seed plants like kale, linseed and millet that already grow there, whilst wildflower strips elsewhere on the farm go to seed, giving hungry birds even more to feast on.

Jordans oat farmer Roger Forster in Northamptonshire says:

"This summer has been tough, with the heat and drought impacting harvests and the amount of food available for wildlife too. Every year, we undertake supplementary feeding to help benefit farmland birds during the tough winter months. The seed we provide this year might be more important than ever as natural supplies of berries and seeds run low - we hope to help tide the birds over until spring."

Special bird food crops and extra seed provisions can help to benefit birds like bramblings and linnets which may have flown over 2,000 km this winter - from places like Scandinavia - to the UK. That's why large flocks of goldfinches, yellowhammers, linnets and bramblings are best seen during the winter months, as this is a time when they gather – often in their hundreds - in search of food.

Jordans oat farmer Guy Tucker, at Greenhall Farm in Hertfordshire, says:

"Watching the large flocks of migratory birds like buntings and bramblings over the fields at this time of

year is a great reward for my work for nature on the farm. Leaving the stubble on the fields for longer, alongside the wild bird mixes, benefits all kinds of wildlife – for example, brown hares are on the up across the farm."

The Jordans Farm Partnership brings oat farmers together with local Wildlife Trust advisors in order to restore habitats across farmland and help tackle wildlife decline. In the ten years since the partnership began, farmers have restored ponds, managed 620km of hedgerows to benefit wildlife (that's longer than the distance from London to Edinburgh) and created corridors for nature to thrive.

Vicki Hird, strategic lead for agriculture at The Wildlife Trusts, says:

"Despite challenging harvest conditions this year, many nature-friendly farmers are continuing to help wildlife by providing special seed mixes, maintaining berry-laden hedgerows and planting early flowering plants for the year ahead.

"With over 70% of the UK farmed, many wild animals depend on farmland not only for food but also for safe places to breed come the spring. Farmers up and down the country, including Jordans oat farmers, should be applauded for their commitment to helping wildlife like birds, butterflies and hares throughout the seasons alongside growing the food we eat."

4,300 hectares of land is now managed for wildlifeincluding barn owls, brown hares, corn buntings and vital pollinating insects like bees - on Jordans oat farms alone, an area nearly the size of Oxford. The partnership is celebrating its 10th birthday this year, and this winter the efforts of Jordans oat farmers are likely to benefit hundreds of birds during the hungry gap.

Laura Melling, sustainability manager at Jordans, says:

"Many of us hang bird feeders in our gardens over the winter months to help keep local birds fed and Jordans oat farmers are pretty much doing the same on their farms – just on a much larger scale. The winter bird food plots that they cultivate make sure that farmland birds have a regular supply of food throughout the winter.

"The Jordans Farm Partnership is now ten years old, and we're grateful to our fantastic farmers - supported by The Wildlife Trusts, LEAF, and everyone who buys Jordans Cereals - for leading the way when it comes to long-term sustainable food production which supports a healthy ecosystem all year round."

Almost half of farms do not yet have succession plan ahead of inheritance tax shake-up

Almost half of farmers have not put plans in place outlining how they will hand over farms to the next generation ahead of proposed changes to inheritance tax which take effect in less than six months' time. New figures from NFU Mutual*shows that almost 18% of farmers said it was important to put plans in place for the future of their business – but added they had done nothing about it. A further 32 % of farmers questioned in NFU Mutual's annual Voice of the Farmer research said they did not believe drawing up a plan was relevant or important to them.

Identifying who might take over when a farmer takes a step back is an important but emotional stage of farm succession planning. Each farming business is different and requires a unique approach.

Many farmers work past state pension age as farming for many it is a way of life, rather than just a job. In 2025, 40% of all farmers in England were aged 65 years and over. Just 5%were aged under 35,accordingto figures from Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA).

Planning a farm succession varies on a caseby-case basis and usually takes into account farm size, type and how many generations are working on the land. The proportion of farms which have succession plans in place, and that have been reviewed rose from 27% in 2020 to 38% in 2025, according to the NFU Mutual study.

The research also found some variations –such as 57% of cattle, sheep and livestock farmers hadn't got around to having a farm handover plan or didn't see this as relevant or important.

The survey findings come ahead of a major shake-up of inheritance tax announced in last year's autumn budget which has sparked huge concern in the farming community and prompted many farmers to seek financial advice.

The proposed changes will cap agricultural and

business property relief from April 2026 and will also bring unspent pensions within the inheritance tax net from April 2027 - a significant move for farmers who often use unspent pensions to pass on wealth to family members who do not want to take over the farm.

Sean McCann, chartered financial planner at NFU Mutual, said:''Before the inheritance tax proposals were announced, the approach of many farmers was to gradually hand over more of the day-to-day management to the younger generation while holding onto the ownership of the assets until a later date.

"This change will prompt many to pass on the assets at an earlier stage, because if they live seven years, they would normally be free of inheritance tax.

''For that to work it's important that the farmer doesn't continue to benefit from the assets they give away, if they intend to continue in the business, they'll need to pay a market rent to the new owner or if in partnership with them, reduce their profit share to reflect the new ownership.''

"It's important to involve the whole family when planning succession to understand what role each member of the family will play in the future, and how assets will be owned in the short, medium and long term. "

NFU Mutual's Voice of the Farmer 2025 survey also found that 70% of farmers said they had a pension and 64% had investments and savings.

Sean McCann added that pensions can provide an independent source of income for older farmers, giving them the freedom to take less from the farm.

He said: "This can be particularly important when two, and sometimes three, generations are relying on the farm for their livelihood. Because of the range of options when it comes to taking money from pensions, it's important to take advice to ensure you don't pay more tax than you need to."

East Riding of Yorkshire Young Farmer recognised for outstanding contribution to Young Farmers' Clubs

Stuart Brown, from East Riding of Yorkshire, has been honoured with theHeart of YFC Award, at the YFC Achiever Awards, hosted by the National Federation of Young Farmers' Clubs (NFYFC) and sponsored by CFMOTO UK.

The awards ceremony, which was held at The National Conference Centre in Birmingham on 8 November, attracted 500 young farmers, supporters and alumni to celebrate the achievements of individuals shaping the future of rural Britain.

A member of Beacon YFC since the age of 12, Stuart has held numerous leadership roles, including Junior Chair, Secretary, Programme Secretary, and Chair of his club. He currently serves as Treasurer and county Vice Chair, and has been instrumental in initiatives such as the first-ever club exchange between Beacon YFC and Culm Valley YFC in Devon.

Stuart's leadership was especially vital during the post-COVID period, when he helped guide the club through challenging times. His commitment to inclusivity and development has inspired meaningful change across the Federation.

On winning the award, Stuart said:

"I can't believe it; there were so many good finalists

shortlisted that I did not expect it to be me. I love supporting the members and encouraging the next generation. YFC has given me confidence, I was just a quiet little lad when I joined.

"My legacy is to keep going, be positive, and have a go at everything. I'd love to be County Chair of East Riding in the future as that's where my home is. There is more to Young Farmers than just competing. It's about being part of a community where young people work together to run a club the way they want. That's what makes it special."

The Heart of YFC Award is selected by a combination of judges scores and a public vote.

Judged by NFYFC President John Lee OBE DL, Chair of the NFYFC Board of Management Natalie McGinn, and NFYFC Chair of Council James Nixey, Stuart secured the top spot on the judges' leaderboard and proved most popular in the public vote. In total, more than 2,100 votes were cast across all five finalists.

Chair James Nixey described Stuart as a "bundle of energy" who was giving back to YFC and "inspiring others to do the same."

The Heart of YFC Award is one of eight categories presented during the ceremony, which brought together over 500 young farmers, supporters, and alumni to celebrate the achievements of YFC members across England and Wales.

The eight YFC Achiever Award winners and eight runners up are:

1. Young Farmer of the Year – Magnus Brown from Staffordshire. Runner up Jessica from Leicestershire and Rutland.

2. Entrepreneur of the Year –Harvey Daniell from Gloucestershire for Buckover Country Clothing. Runner up Jake Fosker from Cumbria for The Cumberland Turkey Company.

3. Community Spirit Award – Dyffryn Tanat YFC from Montgomeryshire. Runner up Wainfleet YFC from Lincolnshire.

4. Heart of YFC Award –Stuart Brown from East Riding of Yorkshire. Runner up: Joe Hilyer from Leicestershire and Rutland.

5. Aspiring Rural Leader –Georgia Hunter from Cumbria. Runner up Andrew Gregory-Campeau from Derbyshire.

6. Club of the year, sponsored by CFMOTO, Heckington & Sleaford YFC from Lincolnshire. Runner up: Homewood School YFC from Kent.

7. YFC Supporter of the Year –Sharon Jones from Clwyd. Runner up Robert Healey from Brecknock.

8. New Member of the Year– Max from Northamptonshire. Runner up Thomas Cracknell from Suffolk.

The awards, which were first launched in 2020, are a way of recognising and rewarding members of Young Farmers' Clubs (YFCs) for the work they do in the community, for enterprising initiatives and for helping to develop other rural young people.

James Nixey, Chair of NFYFC Council, said:

"I feel incredibly proud to represent such an amazing organisation that has so many outstanding individuals involved in it. Our 23,000 members make a huge impact on rural communities and the rural economy and we're proud to champion the countryside and British farming.

"YFC offers so many opportunities to learn, grow and make a difference. Our winners are a brilliant example of what can be achieved when young people get involved and give back to their communities. Congratulations to all the winners."

The awards are sponsored by CFMOTO and Marketing Manager Jasmine Kent said:

"We're incredibly proud to be the headline sponsor of the YFC Achiever Awards and to continue supporting the event for the third-year running. "Young Farmers represent the future of British agriculture and it's a huge privilege for us to affiliate with such a passionate andhardworking group of young people.

"We're committed to supporting the next generation of farmers not only through partnerships like this, but also by offering all NFYFC members a 5% discount on our agricultural machines as a thank you for the vital work they do in shaping the future of farming."

Top names from the farming industry were among the line-up of judges who helped to choose the 2025 winners. Judges included agricultural content creator and farmer Charlotte Ashley (@charlotteashleyfarms),

A Devon student selected for national agricultural award

promising postgraduate student fromHolne in Devonhas been selected to receive anational'Centenary Award' bursary from The NFU Mutual Charitable Trustto support their studies relating to UK agriculture.

Maeve Leithwas selected for the award to supportherPhDat the University of Exeter.Maeve's working title for her thesis is "Shared Values, Divided Visions: Perceptions of Landscape Health in a National Park Context".It will be a Sociology programme with theuniversity'sCentre for Rural Policy Research.

ecology, and rural policy, helping to build more trusting, collaborative relationships across sectors.I amvery gratefulfor the opportunity to enhance my knowledge and advance my career position with the support of this prestigious award."

Professor Matt Lobley,Co-Director of theUniversity of Exeter's Centre for Rural Policy Research(CRPR),commented:"The CRPR has a long history of working on Dartmoor. I am absolutely delighted that Maeve's PhD research will continue this tradition and develop new understandings of how partnerships of farmers, commoners and other stakeholders can work together to deliver environmental management and meaningful livelihoods."

Focusing on Dartmoor National Park, Maeve's research will explore the voices of farmers,conservationistsand other stakeholders to understand how land use decisions are made. By exploring both conflict and common ground, she aims to help understand approaches that enable people and nature to thrive together.

Maeve explained more: "Igrew up on Dartmoor andhave adeep connection to the national park.My study will explorehow different stakeholders define and interpret the concept of landscape 'health'in a protected upland landscape, andI am passionate aboutengagingwith, listening to, and supporting the farmers who look after the land.This work sits at the intersection of rural sociology, political ecology, and environmental governance, and will inform more inclusive and resilient approaches to land management in the UK's uplands and other contested rural spaces."

Maeveadded:"Mylong-term aspiration is to continue working at the interface between farming,

The Centenary Award was launched by rural insurer NFU Mutual to celebrate its 100thanniversary in 2010;to support agricultural leaders of the future, and champion research and innovation within the industry. It provides annual bursaries to pay up to 75% of course fees for selected postgraduate students in agriculture.To select the award recipients, the judging panellooked forapplicants who are not only excellent academicperformers, butalso have a real passion for UK agriculture anddemonstratepotential to become a future industry leader.

AnnouncingMaeve's Centenary Award bursary,Jim McLaren MBE, NFU MutualChairman, said:"Our Centenary Award bursary scheme aims to champion research and innovation for the UK agricultural industry, whilst also supporting passionate individuals to advance their careers.We are delighted to be supportingMaeve'spostgraduate course with our Centenary Awardbursary andwishherall thevery bestforherstudies.

Mr McLaren added: "I would also like to thank the award's judging panel, who dedicated their time and expertise to carefully select our recipient." Centenary Award bursaries will again be available in 2026. Applications for the award next year will be invited from the start of January.In the meantime, information about the scheme can be found on the NFU Mutual websitenfumutual.co.uk, where you cansearch 'Centenary Award'.

Prospective post graduate agricultural students who would like to find out more about the award can also contact centenary_award@nfumutual. co.uk

Volatile Farm Business Income hammers home need for stable economic environment in upcoming Budget

The volatile nature of farm business income must be acknowledged by the government and greater stability provided in the upcoming Budget, the NFU has said today. It comes as Defra's latest set of Farm Business Income figures1demonstrate the significant variation of annual income, making planning and investment incredibly difficult.

While the survey, compiled between March 2024 to February 2025, shows an increase in income for most sectors except horticulture2and specialist pig production, it doesn't cover the challenging 2025 harvest or the impact of the summer's drought on things like animal feed costs.

The datafollows a longer-term trend of considerable variation, where some sectors have seen peaks in income being immediately followed by major falls. For example, after a strong period for the arable sector between 2021 and 2023, income then plummeted by 73% due to a combination of lower yield and lower global prices.

Similarly, the dairy sector saw income fall by 68% in 2023/2024due to reductions in the price farmers receive for their milk. While the latest figures showed some recovery, this month farmgate milk prices have once again been slashed by as much as 6 pence per litre, and those with cheese contracts are now potentially losing up to 8 pence per litre.3

Looking ahead to next week's Budget,NFU President Tom Bradshaw said: "The impact of volatility is written large in these new Farm Business Incomes figures. The farming sector has always had to deal with elements beyond our control which impact what we earn – from increasingly extreme weather to changing global markets.

"While farmers understand that our income will vary year to year, it doesn't seem like the government does. Nor does it seem to recognise its role in minimising volatility at home where possible. The snap decision to implement a crippling tax on family farm businesses at the last Budget is evidence of that – many will simply not be able to afford to pay it.

"If farm businesses are to successfully navigate the challenges outside our control, there has to be greater stability in our own domestic policy. While arable prices will always be determined by the global market, there are decisions that our governmenthas taken around the US trade deal and bioethanol that have dramatically reduced demand. There are also decisions it cantake in the future negotiations around the EU SPS deal and access to scientific solutions for gene-editing and plant protection products.For our dairy farmers, driving exports abroad would provide another stable source of income and help build resilience.

"If the government truly believes in growth, it cannot keep taxing businesses into the ground. Some horticulture businesses have seen employment costs increase by hundreds of thousands of pounds due to last year's Budget tax risesand now face the prospect of much higher electricity standing charges. Meanwhile family farms across the UK are halting investment or anticipating having to sell parts or all of their farm to pay an inheritance tax bill this government promised it wouldn't impose. How is this conducive to economic growth?

"At the upcoming Budget, the Chancellor has the chance to do right by Britain's farmers and rethink the family farm tax. The Treasury can also incentivise investment and support business planning through increasing the Annual Investment Allowance and introducing enhanced capitalallowances. These would not only send a clear signal that our government understands how agriculture businesses work, but that greater stability is needed to build resilience, boost confidence and invest in the future of homegrown food."

The Farm Business Income data also shows that food production alone often isn't the main driver of income. It highlights that the arable and livestock sectors in particular have, on average, struggled to make a profit from food production, and the increase in income has been largely bolstered by diversification projects and agri-environment schemes.

The importance of environmental schemes in building business resilience cannot be overlooked, but after a slow delivery of payments in 2024 it left many struggling to plan.

With the Rural Payments Agency (RPA) due to start making payments from 1 December, the NFU is calling on the agency to deliverat least 90% of Countryside Stewardship and Higher Level Stewardship payments by end December, with partial payments used for anyone with outstanding payments in the New Year. This isessential for farm businesses cashflow.

NFU Deputy President David Exwood added: "The importance of environmental schemes in building business resilience cannot be overlooked. However, it can also come with huge levels of uncertainty as farmers don't know when, at any point over a sixmonth period, they will receive payment for their work. It makes managing cashflow and planning for the future incredibly difficult.

"With cashflow already tight due to the weather, additional costly inputs and further reductions in direct payments, we are continuously making the case to the RPA that it needs to significantly improve its payment performance this year."

A University of Gloucestershire develops action plan to cut food-related greenhouse gas emissions

series of new recommendations published by University of Gloucestershire set out how councils across the county can support critical reductions in greenhouse gas emissions from the food and farming sectors.

Created through collaboration between local authority staff, the University'sCountryside and Community Research Institute (CCRI), the Gloucestershire Food and Farming Partnership and Climate Leadership Gloucestershire (CLG), the eight-point action plan is presented in anew report.

The recommendations form part of the Gloucestershire Food and Farming for Net Zero research project, in which council staff identified practical actions to reduce emissions from food systems – one of the key areas highlighted in the UK's latest carbon budget for achieving its net zero targets.

Dr Aimee Morse, project lead at the CCRI, commented: "This research shows local authorities' potential to innovate in the food and farming sectors and sets out clear next steps for partners in supporting the transition to net zero."

The research found that all seven councils in Gloucestershire are keen to connect food and farming policy with their climate, health and wellbeing goals. However, a review of existing climate strategies revealed limited reference to food and agriculture. The new report suggests this is an area where councils could play a more

coherent role in supporting innovation across the food sector.

Cllr Sebastian Field, CLG Chair, and Cabinet Member for Environment at Gloucester City Council, said: "Climate Leadership Gloucestershire is pleased to have been able to support this important research. It provides a clear way forward for local authorities to play a more direct role in supporting our local food businesses and farmers, and enabling us to work together to create healthier and greener food systems."

Priority projects will be selected from the action plan for further development, with research partners continuing to collaborate on implementation. Potential areas of focus include direct support for farmers in transitioning to greener practices; promoting healthy and sustainable food through planning policies; and improving the sustainability of food served at council-run events and festivals.

Gloucestershire Food and Farming Partnership's Dr Benjamin Dent added: "The farming and food sectors can contribute to solving many environmental, social and health challenges, and already provide over 50,000 jobs in the county.

"I am delighted that our local councils are working together to create climate-friendly solutions, which both support local farmers and make delicious food affordable and readily available. The Partnership is committed to continuing to work with them as they implement the ambitious recommendations."

More than 100 organisations sign letter to Prime Minister urging rethink on the family farm tax

More than 100 businesses, retailers and trade bodies across the food and farming supply chain¹, including the NFU, have written to the Prime Minister urging him to do the right thing and rethink planned changes toinheritance tax.

With just over a week to go untiltheBudget, the open letter² to Sir Keir Starmer outlines how the unjustand unfairtaxwill impact thousands of working people running family farms. Unless changed, it stands to havesevere unintended consequences, such as farms being forced to sell off land and core business assets to fund significant and unexpectedtax bills.

The letter also highlights how several solutions³ have been put forwardby independent expertsto mitigate the impact of the proposed changes on farming businesses, which will scupper their ability todeliver for employment, local communities and above all, national economic growth.

NFU President Tom Bradshaw said: "Over the past 12 months, I have never known such an outpouring of anger and frustration from all sectors of the farming industry and wider supply chain to this unjust policy.

"It has been evident the Treasury does not understandfarmingand has remained intransigent in its position despite many calling for change. As we have repeatedly pointed out, the policy as it is, is anti-growth. It is stopping businesses and farms from investing and will leave many farming families forced to sell all or parts of their business toaffordthesehorrendous future tax bills.

"There is such a strength of feelingas demonstrated by 107 businesses, retailers and trade bodies from across the food and farming supply chain that have signed this letter to Sir Keir Starmer.

"Our message to the Prime Minister is clear. We are just a week out from the Budget; there is still time to do the right thing for British farming and rural businesses and consider the valid alternatives that have been proposed by the NFU and others. It is not too late to make changes which will raise the money the government needs while safeguarding the future of family farms.

"This is a pivotal moment. Getting this rightwill mean we canmove forward andwork togethertoregain some of the confidence that has drained away after months of relentless pressure.This government must back British farming for all it delivers for the nation and for the economic value it underpins in our largest manufacturing sector, British food and drink⁴."

NFU calls for national rural crime focus as PCCs set to be abolished in 2028

The NFU is calling on the government to ensure rural crime is given a clear national priority, following the Home Office's announcement that Police and Crime Commissioner (PCC) positions will be abolished once their current term is up in 2028.

PCCs have constructively engaged with farming communities across the country since their introduction, working with the NFU and wider rural stakeholders to address issues such as machinery theft, livestock worrying and hare coursing. The National Rural Crime Network has also been instrumental liaising between PCCs, local authorities and law enforcement agencies to make sure rural voices are not left unheard.

With the government confirming that policing functions will transfer to elected mayors and new governance structures from 2028, the NFU is urging ministers to ensure rural crime is not forgotten. This announcement now offers an opportunity for government to create a new governance structure for policing that includes a national approach to rural crime – for example, through a cross-departmental rural crime task force, something the NFU has long called for to

address persistent failures in tackling rural crime.

Rural theft cost the UK approximately £44.1 million in 20242and a concerted effort is needed to ensure rural Britain is not left as the poor relation in the government's commitment to tackle crime.

NFU Vice-president Rachel Hallos said:"We are grateful for the work PCCs have done in listening to and supporting rural communities.

"Crimes like fly-tipping, livestock worrying and machinery theft are not just costly but emotionally distressing. Farms are more than just businesses, they are homes, and everyone deserves to feel safe in their own community.

"As policing functions now transfer to elected mayors, we look forward to working with the Mayoral Strategic Authorities and future Policing and Crime Boards from 2028 onwards.

"That transition must deliver a stronger national focus on rural crime, and we will continue to press for a national cross-departmental taskforce to make sure rural communities are properly protected. We await the upcoming White Paper with interest."

G A small cost offers a big advantage when soil sampling

rowers undertaking soil tests this autumn should be aware of the difference between a standard and broad-spectrum soil analysis and how the minimal cost increase can provide additional data to influence crop nutrition inputs, both now and across the next five years.

That’s the message from Abby Kellett, nutrition agronomist at Origin Soil Nutrition, who says the per hectare difference between a standard and broad-spectrum test is an increase of just £2.85/ha (see table). Breaking this figure down further, growers in England must comply with Farming Rules for Water, which means holding a valid soil test for each field that is within five years old. Averaged out across a five-year period, it’s a 57p/ha/yr increase to change from a standard to a broad-spectrum nutrient analysis.

“This is a small cost to return a data bank that will influence crop nutrition inputs across the next five years and ensure growers are applying the right fertiliser, tailored to crop and soil requirements. The real cost of staying with a standard sample could be much higher than you think, as growers and agronomists won’t have the data to improve yield and quality.”

Abby says a soil test is a snapshot into soil health, and broad-spectrum tests analyse 15 different nutrients whereas a standard test only measures the four major nutrients. She continues: “This additional data is so important. When macro nutrients appear well stocked from a standard analysis, it could be the deficient micronutrients, only measured via a broad-spectrum sample, that are shown as deficient and limiting crop performance.”

Growers should also be ensuring that crop nutrition requirements are ordered for next spring to avoid any delays in fertiliser deliveries. Abby explains that good establishment and strong crops this autumn means nutrition at the right time next spring is essential.

“Oilseed rape and milling wheat both have high nitrogen and sulphur demands, so ordering now and taking delivery in good time will enable applications when conditions allow. Effectively managing crops out of winter and having fertiliser on farm ready to apply should avoid any issues experienced last season regarding delivery. If it’s in the shed, then it’s ready to be spread,” concludes Abby.

Proceed

Proceed is a whole new category of seeding machinery. With an unmatched level of precision, it works with full capacity to fit every farmer’s needs. This one machine can increase the yield potential of a full range of crops, such as cereals, oilseed rape, sugar beet, peas, maize and more. Proceed simply offers more than any previous seeding machine, making farmers ready for a fast-changing future. One Machine. Many possibilities.

B CRD lifts Iblon restrictions and adds barley to approved crops

ayer has welcomed the decision by HSE-CRD to lift the restrictions on Iblon® (isoflucypram) that effectively limited its use to one application every two years. The change follows the successful submission and evaluation of additional data submitted by Bayer and reflects the strength of its regulatory science team and the weight of evidence supporting Iblon safety and efficacy

The news means that growers can utilise the broad-spectrum efficacy of Vimoy®(Iblon®) now. For the other Iblon®-containing products such as, Jessico® Fusion (Iblon®and Inatreq™ active(fenpicoxamid)), Plaxium®(Iblon® + prothioconazole + fluopyram), Caley® (Iblon® + prothioconazole), Ipresso®(Iblon® + prothioconazole), Resilis® (Iblon® + prothioconazole), Milteo® (Iblon® + prothioconazole), Scorpio® (Iblon® + prothioconazole) and Vivalis® (Iblon® + prothioconazole) the previous restriction limiting use to one application every two years will be lifted for the 2026 season meaning these products can be applied to approved crops grown in the same

field in successive seasons

The decision was communicated to Bayer at the same time that CRD also granted a label extension allowing for Vimoy® (Iblon®) to be used on barley, thereby expanding options for the 2026 cropping season.

Commenting on the announcement, Nils Bauer, Managing Director of Bayer Crop Science, described the news as “excellent opportunity to unleash the full potential of this great innovation” and thanked the regulatory team for their work in gathering the necessary data to support the change.

Nils Bauer added: “This is very good news for GB growers, many of whom have come to appreciate the excellent broad-spectrum performance of Iblon® and its ability to improve yield through extended crop greening, even where disease pressure is low, as it will extend crop protection to successive crops grown in the same field. We hope soon to see this innovation also on the continent as until now Iblon® is only available to farmers in in Great Britian and New Zealand.”

MASTER L PLOUGH RANGE

Designed

for intensive use on medium sized farms

- Available in 4 to 6 body configurations

- Manual or hydraulic cutting width adjustment

- Suitable for tractors from 150 to 300hp

- On land or in furrow versions

- Duoliner integrated press available on VML in furrow version RVW Pugh Ltd

Tel: 01588 620545 www.rvwpugh.co.uk RVW Pugh Ltd

Tel: 01477 533560 www.rvwpugh.co.uk RVW Pugh Ltd

Tel: 01695 816444 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Tel: 01952 936900 www.trmachinery.co.uk

Tel: 01926 813 426 www.southamagri.co.uk

A Know Your Nitrogen: Bringing Transparency to the Farm

s the UK agricultural sector navigates changing sustainability requirements, fertiliser traceability is emerging as a foundation of transparent, low-carbon farming. With CBAM (Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism) set to come into effect in the UK in 2027, knowing the origin and carbon footprint of nitrogen inputs will soon become a mandatory commercial requirement.

"Fertiliser use accounts for somewhere between 65 and 80% of overall emissions in most crops," explains Conor Quinlan, Yara's Key Account Manager for UK and Ireland. "When companies are looking at reducing their Scope 3 emissions, you can't avoid looking at fertiliser use and the source of that fertiliser."

Several factors are now forcing the issue of transparency. Food and beverage companies with carbon reduction pledges are scrutinising their supply chains, where raw ingredients often account for over 90% of their Scope 3 emissions. For farmers supplying these companies, demonstrating the sustainability credentials of their inputs is increasingly becoming a contract requirement.

Yara is leading the way in this shift by delivering comprehensive product traceability. Each bag of fertiliser carries a tracking number that traces the product back through the supply chain from production to bagging, manufacturing site departure, and port arrival. This endto-end traceability provides farmers and buyers with confidence in product consistency and sourcing. However, Yara's commitment to transparency goes beyond tracking to independent verification. The company has maintained an extensive auditing process with DNV since 2006, establishing routine inspections across its manufacturing sites.

The future of fertiliser

Yara's standard fertilisers already deliver carbon footprints up to 20-25% lower than conventional European products, due to the use of abatement technology in the manufacturing process. Looking ahead, the next stage of its carbon reduction commitment is now underway. From the second half of 2026, Yara will launch PCCS (Partial Carbon Capture and Storage) fertilisers across its YaraMila, YaraBela, and YaraLiva ranges in the UK. With these fertilisers, excess CO2 is collected during production before being liquefied and transported and stored deep under the

seabed, removing it from the atmosphere. The result is a carbon footprint reduction of 60-75% compared to current products, achieved without changing the fertiliser itself or requiring farmers to alter practices, equipment, or application rates. So, who will benefit from these lower carbon fertilisers?

"The target market for these lower carbon fertilisers is customers who are typically linked with food industry supply chains and who have established baseline CO2 figures and seek measured reductions within specific timeframes," says Mr Quinlan. "These operations need low-carbon fertilisers that deliver significant, quick reductions while remaining easy to implement."

As well as lower carbon fertilisers, Yara also provides tools to help farmers manage both production and infield emissions. N-testers and laboratory services enable precise nutrient management, reducing wastage while maintaining yields. As variable rate application technology becomes more sophisticated, this will also support more efficient fertiliser use.

Securing commercial value and future-proofing supply

Yara's work with major food companies, including a partnerships PepsiCo, demonstrates how traceability creates value throughout the supply chain. These partnerships centre on providing growers and distributors with verified low-carbon inputs alongside agronomic expertise to optimise in-field emissions.

Looking ahead, with CBAM approaching and food companies demanding increasingly stringent sustainability requirements, traceability is set to become a baseline expectation across the fertiliser industry. Yara makes this easier as the proximity of their manufacturing sites in Germany, Holland, Norway, Finland and Italy provides supply chain consistency, while ongoing verification processes ensure year-on-year reliability and product quality. Technological advances are also helping to reduce carbon footprints, aiding efficiency, and transparency.

For UK farmers, transparency, particularly around nitrogen inputs, is not only about meeting today's requirements. It helps them future proof their farm businesses against sustainability demands that will only become more rigorous.

The question facing UK agriculture is not whether to embrace nitrogen transparency, but how quickly to adapt. With verified traceability systems, independently audited carbon footprints, and dramatically lower-carbon products launching in 2026, Yara is providing the tools farmers need to answer that question confidently.

Your soil cultivation specialist

With over 220 years of experience serving the agricultural world, Grégoire Besson offers a complete range of machines dedicated to soil tillage. Ploughs, disc implements, tine implements, soil preparation machines and subsoiling equipment: our range covers all the needs of the most demanding farmers.

Bruce Farm Machinery

Bogauldy, King Edward, Banff, AB45 3LX

Tel: 01261 821659

Dinas,Caernarfon, Gwynedd, LL54 5UG

Tel: 01286 830 918 www.menaitractors.com

Grégoire Besson machines and parts are imported into the United Kingdom by Maschio Gaspardo UK. For further information, please contact your nearest Maschio Gaspardo dealer or call +44 1522 448161.

SugaROx study reveals trust, trial data and agronomist advice will determine UK farmers' adoption of biostimulants

Hertfordshire-based agri-tech firm SugaROx has published new research showing that while awareness of biostimulants among UK wheat growers is high, confidence in their performance remains low. The company says stronger regulation is essential to build farmer trust.

The survey of UK wheat growers found that 95 per cent see weather variability as a major challenge to crop production.With dry spells and heatwaves increasingly disrupting crop cycles and affecting yield and grain quality, farmers are under growing pressure to find new tools that improve resilience to climate change.

The research explores UK farmers' experiences, perceptions, and adoption of biostimulants. It shows that while 88 per cent of farmers are aware of biostimulants, only 44 per cent have tried them, and most remain in the trial stage rather than fully integrating them into spray programmes.

SugaROx, a spin-out from Oxford University and Rothamsted Research, is developing single-molecule biostimulants with clear modes of action. Field trials show its lead molecule, a modified version of the plant sugar trehalose-6-phosphate (T6P), has potential to boost yields by to 20 per cent.

The study is part of an Innovate UK-funded project aimed at accelerating the development of SugaROx's wheat biostimulant in the UK and was conducted by research agency, Grounded Research.

Headline findings from the research include:

• Most farmers reported learning about biostimulants through the farming press (32 per cent) and agricultural events (23 per cent), with only 18 per cent first hearing from agronomists.

• Most farmers associated improved nutrient uptake (86 per cent), root growth (84 per cent), stress tolerance (80 per cent), and yield boost (71 per cent) as functions of biostimulants, but 42 per cent still view them as fertilisers and 24 per cent as pesticides.

• Among farmers who have tried biostimulants, the top benefits observed were resilience against abiotic stress (2.09 out of five), yield gains (2.00) and better nutrient-use efficiency (1.88). Half of farmers expect to use more biostimulants in the next five years.

• Cost-effectiveness is a major barrier for adoption (4.37 out of 5), followed by unproven performance (4.19) and lack of trusted information (4.19) – and the latter was the most widely mentioned barrier for adoption (34 per cent).

• A third of respondents said limited independent evidence is holding them back. As one farmer noted: "Independent trials don't show anywhere near the advantage manufacturers claim." Another added: "What's still holding me back is the lack of clear guidance on which products work best for my crop conditions."

Commenting on the findings, Clare Otridge, market research consultant at Grounded Research, said:"Resilience to climate change and sustainability are key drivers for biostimulant adoption in the UK. But with farm margins being so tight, yield and profitability gains remain central to farmers' decision-making.

''The findings indicate a significant growth opportunity within the biostimulant market. While most farmers have limited or trial-only experience, there is clear evidence of growing interest and experimentation across the sector. Many have tested biostimulants but have yet to adopt them consistently, suggesting an openness to innovation coupled with a need for greater confidence in proven results. Over 75 per cent said they would consider products outside their normal spray plan if the advantage was evident.''

Bianca Forte, business development director at SugaROx, added:"Manufacturers have limited understanding of the modes of action within biostimulants, so agronomists struggle to position them. This results in modest yield boosts around 2 per cent.

"At the moment, biostimulants are also unregulated in the UK.Defra has been considering adopting a certification framework like the EU's Fertilising Products Regulation (2019/1009), which requires proof of product safety, composition, and efficacy.If Defra moves ahead with this framework to certify performance claims, it will build farmer confidence and accelerate the adoption of products which truly improve the resilience of UK farming to climate change."

The study was delivered through an online quantitative survey via Grounded Research's Five Bar Gate farmer panel and supplemented by SugaROx's stakeholder network, reaching a sample of 211 UK wheat farmers.

Fieldwork ran from 30 April to 30 June 2025. Questions explored awareness, definitions, usage, timing, observed benefits, price sensitivity, purchase channels, and outlook.

Great value hydraulic products and services for local farmers

We supply and source an extensive range of high quality, great value products. Whether you need to replace a slurry hose, malleable fitting, or food hose, we can help.

From 24/7 on site hose replacement service, to planned preventative maintenance, we can keep your business moving day and night.

Pirtek Cambridge

Tel: 01223 835 222

www.pirtek.co.uk/service-centres/cambridge/

Pirtek Ipswich

Tel: 01473 688 288

www.pirtek.co.uk/service-centres/ipswich/

Our specialised agriculture solutions

We supply a range of high quality products including:

– Malleable fittings

– Workshop fuel and lubrication

– Hydraulic hoses

– Fittings

– Quick release couplings

– Pumps and motors

– Valves

– Cylinders

– Irrigation

– Jet wash and washdown

– Spill control products

– Food grade parts

– Oils and lubricants

G NEW HELIOS T80 - GREGOIRE BESSON COMPLETES ITS RANGE OF SUB-SOILERS WITH A SEMI-MOUNTED VERSION

régoire Besson announces the launch of its new generation of subsoilers: the Helios T80, a tool designed to meet the requirements of large farms seeking performance, comfort and reliability.

A robust and versatile design

Designed for tractors from 280 to 800 horsepower, the Helios T80 stands out with its three-part folding semi-mounted double-beam structure, offering working widths from 4.50 to 7.50 metres.

Comfort and precision at the heart of the design

• Standard shock-absorbing arm: for smoother transport and better shock absorption.

• Full hydraulic adjustment of depth and rollers, accessible directly from the cab.

• Chassis parallel to the ground for consistent work, regardless of the terrain.

• Standard stabiliser wheels, ensuring excellent evenness.

Two types of tines for maximum versatility

The Helios 70 comes with two types of interchangeable tines, allowing the machine to be customised according to different cultivation needs:

• The Low Disturbance tine: designed to fissure deeply without disturbing the horizons. It promotes soil aeration while maintaining the structure of the layers. Its design guarantees optimal penetration, even in dry conditions, with a working depth of 25 to 40 cm.

• The Helikrak tine: perfect for restructuring after late harvests. It actively mixes residues while improving soil porosity. It ensures excellent soil turning and works just as well on the surface as it does at depth.

With these two configurations, the Helios 70 offers two machines in one, adapting to all types of soil and farming practices.

Two types of safety devices for greater protection

The Helios 70 offers two safety systems depending on terrain conditions:

• Bolt safety (5,600 kg resistance): recommended for stone-free terrain.

• Non-stop hydraulic safety (1,450 kg resistance): ideal for stony terrain, with continuous adjustment from 160 to 200 bar.

Each version is available across the entire range, further reinforcing the machine's versatility.

High quality work that makes the difference

The Helios T80 is compatible with a wide range of rollers to suit all soil conditions - whether light, clayey or heavily vegetated.

• Single square bar roller Ø 600 mm: aggressive on residues, it creates a uniform mulch and promotes rapid stubble degradation.

• Emopak roller Ø 630 mm: robust and heavy, it breaks up clods, consolidates the soil and provides good support, particularly suitable for clayey and stony soils.

• Double spike roller Ø 650 mm: breaks up clods, mixes the surface layer and effectively prepares the seedbed, especially in sticky soils.

• Double roller with notched discs Ø 575 mm: cuts, levels and ensures good soil support, ideal for optimal surface mixing.

• Single roller with round bars Ø 800 mm: ensures excellent support even in light or sandy soils.

Additional equipment for greater efficiency

• Anti-projection devices: they guide the soil across the working width for a clean, without drips onto the worked area.

• LED lighting and road signs with elastomer suspension.

• Grégoire Besson expertise: all axles are bushed, treated, greased and locked in rotation to withstand the test of time and guarantee long-lasting reliability.

• Ø510 mm disc coulters ensure efficient cutting of residues and optimal penetration, even in the hardest soils.

Bruce Farm Machinery

Bogauldy, King Edward, Banff, AB45 3LX

Tel: 01261 821659

VOYAGER C80, the plough built for the giants of the fields

At Agritechnica 2025, Grégoire Besson will present its new range of semimounted trailed ploughs. Designed to meet the requirements of large farms, the VOYAGER C80 is the most robust model in the range, for high-powered tractors. Its design has been thoroughly revised to offer greater performance, comfort and versatility, whether working in or outside the furrow.

The new VOYAGER C80 semi-mounted plough stands out for its versatility. Designed for tractors from 280 to 700 horsepower, it is available with 8 to 14 bodies, or 8 to 12 bodies when equipped with Andpak rollers. Its variable working width, which can be adjusted hydraulically or manually from 12 to 22 inches, allows it to be precisely adapted to the user's different needs. Capable of working in or out of the furrow, the VOYAGER C80 is suitable for wide tractors up to 5 metres.

Ploughing savoir-faire, signed Grégoire Besson

The VOYAGER C80 stands out thanks to its standard 100 cm inter-body distance. Its height between points is either 170 or 180 cm, ensuring significant clearance for smooth soil flow and consistent ploughing, even in the most challenging conditions.

Thanks to its offset legs and traction point, the VOYAGER C80 offers a better traction line significantly reducing drag resistance. The result is

a plough that is easier to pull, more stable and more fuel-efficient.

The working parts are taken from the current range and offer high reliability and recognised ploughing quality.

Finally, a shear-bolt or hydraulic non-stop safety device effectively protects the machine, ensuring greater durability and peace of mind for the user.

A machine designed for operator comfort

The rack-and-pinion turning system ensures smooth, steady and perfectly controlled rotation of the plough. More precise and robust, it reduces jerks during half-turns and limits stress on both the structure and the tractor.

The hydraulic turning assistance integrated into the carriage facilitates manoeuvring and provides great flexibility of use. The driver benefits from reduced effort and a smoother transition between working and turning phases, for unrivalled comfort of use Combined with suspension on the carriage and on the articulation, it absorbs shocks and vibrations, offering a smoother and more stable ride, whether in the field or on the road.

Thanks to its load transfer system, the VOYAGER C80 easily adapts to different tractors while optimising weight distribution. This device improves grip and traction.

Large diameter wheels provide increased lift and easier passage over heavy or rough ground.

4.5m - 20.3m

Contour Following

Much more than consolidation

CAMBRIDGE ROLLS

HE-VA’s hydraulically folding rollers adapt to the contours to efficiently consolidate and level, but can be used for much more.

All HE-VA rollers have the unique SAT system as standard, allowing weight to be evenly transferred across the full working width.

The range also feature market leading NG Cambridge or Cambridge and Breaker rings in 20” 22” or 24”.

KO Machines Ltd

Lower Laches Farm, Laches Lane

Wolverhampton, WV10 7PA

Tel: 01902 798771

www.komachines.co.uk

• King Roller 12.3m - 20.3m

• Tip Roller XL 12.3m - 15.3m

• Tip Roller 4.5m -10.2m

Make your Rollers work harder!

Add shattaboards, slicerboards, a top-cutter or straw tines to Tip or Tip XL rollers to create a multi-purpose cultivator. A seeder can also be fitted to spread slug pellets, grass seed or to apply Avadex.

*See he-va.co.uk for full T&Cs on NG rings.

KO Machines Ltd

3 Bertsmith Way, Market Drayton, Shropshire TF9 3SN

Tel: 01630 659555 www.komachines.co.uk

T Alun Jones & Son

Danycapel Garage Dryslwyn, Carmarthenshire, SA32 8SD

Tel: 01558 668383

www.talunjones.co.uk

Capitalising on 2026 crop potential - a key theme from ProCam at LAMMA show

Using tailored agronomy and precision farming tools to capitalise on the yield potential of this year’s arable crops and improve return on investment –that will be a key message from leading agronomy firm ProCam at the upcoming LAMMA show.

“With many combinable crops having established well thanks to the kind autumn, there’s a lot of crop potential to play for this season to make up for the last two difficult years,” says ProCam head of technical development, Rob Adamson.

“Yield is still the key driver for arable crop profitability, but yield has to be produced costeffectively. So with several possible agronomic challenges on the horizon for 2026 – as a result of early drilling plus variety disease resistance concerns – agronomy will need tailoring to individual fields. Which is why this is our key theme for the event.”

Pointing to crop nutrition as an example, Mr Adamson says feeding, but not over-feeding, varying-sized crop canopies will need a field-byfield approach.

“There will be a good case for considering precision farming technology that uses satellite measurements of crop biomass to apply variable

rate nitrogen (N) this season,” he says. “By working with your agronomist to apply variable rate N, the aim is to produce the optimum green area index across each field, while using N cost-effectively.

“Similarly, growth regulator use on large crop canopies created by early drilling and the mild autumn will need careful planning. And getting fungicide timings right will be critical – not least due to early drilling increasing Septoria risks and with the breakdown of the YR15 yellow rust resistance gene among winter wheat varieties.

“With early application of autumn soil-acting herbicides due to timely drilling this season, spring weed control will also need strategic consideration – to account for the likelihood that residual activity of these treatments will decline sooner,” he adds.

Mr Adamson says growers can discuss these issues and how to maximise crop potential with agronomists on the ProCam stand, where there will also be a demonstration of the company’s FieldSense precision farming service, now in its second season of commercial use.

ProCam will be at LAMMA on the 14–15 January2026, NEC, Birmingham, stand number 10.620.

AGRICAST'S LAMMA 2026 NEW PRODUCT DOUBLE

O

ne of the UK's leading suppliers of replacement wearing parts will launch two new products at LAMMA 2026.

Agricast, which offers 2,000 different products via its website, Agricast. co.uk, will showcase a new bearing and a new steel-tensioned packer at the show.

Visitors to stand 320 in Hall 20 will be the first to see Agricast's rubberised suspension bearing and the STP-805.

Available initially to suit 60mm axles commonly found on Cambridge roller and packer barrels, the unique rubberised suspension bearing is designed to dampen shocks and vibrations, extending the life of the bearing unit.

The double-row roller bearing unit is isolated from the heavy-duty housing by a pair of shockabsorbing rubber rings. The bearing unit features a sealed-for-life design with six sealing lips, offering nearly twice the load rating of a standard UCF-212 bearing. The unit's dimensions are identical to those of a standard four-bolt flange unit, allowing it to be retrofitted to any machine using UCF-212 bearings.

A smaller version, designed to fit 50mm axles, will be developed and launched in 2026 to replace the UCF-210 bearing units, which are also commonly used in many cultivators.

In addition to the bearing, Agricast will launch the STP-805 packer, which features 770mm diameter Boron Steel rings and a central Hardox 500 drive plate. 650mm diameter rings are currently the largest in Agricast's range of steel tensioned packers.

The new packer joins the STP-560, STP-610, and STP-650 in the range, all of which feature Dprofiled Press Roll Rings tensioned onto largediameter steel tubes and are designed to be fully replaceable.

"We always enjoy LAMMA and, as well as these new products, we will be showcasing our extensive range of replacement parts, including Subsoiler parts, Tungsten parts, disc harrow spares, cultivation parts, bearings, axles, fasteners and pins, and hydraulic parts," says William Robinson, managing director.

For more information about Agricast and its replacement wearing parts, visit stand 20.320 at LAMMA or www.agricast.co.uk

A New standalone remapping device improves user interface and connectivity

von Tuning HD (ATHD) has launched ‘The Genius’ remapping device to reduce the number of tools currently required to remap agricultural machines, while providing a slicker user interface and improving rural connectivity when on farm.

The latest device will replace the ‘New Genuis’ and ‘New Transdata’ units currently employed across the agent network, which extends to over 175 across the UK and Ireland. ATHD is the biggest provider of Dimsport remapping equipment across the UK, and the changes will provide several benefits to users. Gareth Jones, managing director at Avon Tuning HD, explains.

“While the two existing devices have been reliable and efficient, The Genuis is much easier to use and navigate, features advanced hardware and rural connection, and has improved technical support options via a VPN connection. All of which help to make the agents’ life easier when carrying out remapping on farm, while reducing the time machines are out of action for a remap to be installed.”

One of the biggest benefits for agents is a computer or laptop is no longer required for any of the ECU reading or writing processes. The Genius has upgraded software and firmware updating

processes, making it quicker and easier to use than its predecessors. Furthermore, The Genius allows engineers to carry out OBD tuning and bench tuning – the two types of connection that are required to remap agricultural machines – which previously required separate devices.

A further benefit for engineers on farm is The Genius has a remote VPN connection option allowing ATHD’s technical support team to remotely access the device, which will significantly improve the effectiveness of field support and solve any issues as they arise.

Gareth continues: “Farms and tractor cabs aren’t ideal places for laptops, so having a single tool that engineers can use to access machines regardless of the connection required, is going to improve the efficiency of each job and save the farmer downtime on the machine. Having real-time VPN access, so our technicians in the UK can access an agent’s screen, will ensure we maintain our high standards and any issues are resolved quickly.”

To promote ATHD’s existing agent network to upgrade, Dimsport is offering a cost-effective tradein deal for current users. ATHD will have several of The Genius devices in hall 7, stand 600, at LAMMA for existing and prospective agents to test.

F LAMMA debut for four Fendts

endt will showcase the new 500 Gen4, 700 Gen7.1, 800 Gen5 and 1000 Gen4 series tractors at LAMMA 2026.

Following a flurry of new tractor releases, Fendt will bring four new tractor series to the UK for LAMMA visitors to see. The most anticipated being the 700 Gen7.1 Vario which sees the 720, 722, 724 and 726 receive Fendt‘s DynamicPerformance power concept, providing an additional 20hp to the whole range, a feature previously only avaiable on the most powerful 728.

“The 700 Vario range now offers from 203 to 303hp. With Power, Power+, Profi and Profi+ specifications this offers operators a sliding scale of specifications that sit between the recently introduced 600 Vario and the newly released 800 Vario,” says Fendt’s Ed Dennett.

The 600 Vario pushed the boundaries of 4-cylinder tractors when it was launched in 2023, with the top 620 model offering 220hp. The newly boosted Gen7.1 offers a range that starts with the 720 Vario at 223hp. Importantly, the newly boosted 724 and 726 models have been approved for 60km/h. This sees the Gen7.1 also flow seamlessly into the new 800 Vario range.

“The launch of the new 800 Vario features three

new models offering 260-343hp. The whole range also features the DynamicPerformance to give a boost of 23 horsepower. New to the 800 is the single-stage Fendt VarioDrive drivetrain with permanent, independent four-wheel drive that provides maximum tractive power without manual shifting when switching between field and road,“ says Mr Dennett.

A new 500 Vario will be avaiable in the UK in 2026 and will be previewed at LAMMA. The new Gen4 includes four models, the 513, 514, 515 and 516, with power outputs ranging from 134 to 164hp. It too will benefit from Fendt‘s DynamicPerformance

which will offer a boost of 10hp and, and like the larger tractors, it will also benefit from the new single stage VarioDrive.

“The 500 Vario now offers even greater versatility. It has a low overall weight of 11.75 tonnes and a high payload of 4.9 tonnes. This means it can be flexibly ballasted front and rear and rear wheel weights can be used to help it act as both a field tractor with a drill combination and as a green harvest tractor with mowers, tedders and rakes,“ says Mr Dennett.

At the top of the wheeled tractor range is the 1000 Vario which is also in its fourth generation. There are four models in the range including the 1040, 1044, 1048 and 1052, offering 426 to 550hp.

In addition to the new tractors will be an area of the Fendt stand dedicated to technology, namely the FendtONE operating system.

“Whilst horsepower is always going to play a part, Fendt also offers the technology to optimise the output of our tractors to make every task more efficient. FendtONE enables connected work groups, ways to monitor and report on tasks, data sharing including waylines and the wireless exchange of application maps. There will be an interactive area on the LAMMA stand for visitors to see how this technology can help improve the

efficiency of their machinery,“ adds Mr Dennett.

Further machinery at LAMMA will include the latest Rotana baler with semi automatic net to film baling and a camera to monitor bale ejection.

A newly updated MY26 IDEAL combine, with Fendt’s CyclonePlus cleaning, features a pre-sieve with a 1.0 m² concave area and a redesigned upper concave. An improved slope performance kit will help with the distribution of the crop and provide cleaning on undulating ground.

“It is an exciting year for Fendt and one that will bring our UK customers groundbreaking technology and more efficient machines that can save time and money. We look forward to welcoming visitors to LAMMA and our team will be on hand to offer help and advice,“ concludes Mr Dennett.

A Kramp brings together top supplier brands at LAMMA 2026

busy Kramp stand will be centre stage at LAMMA 2026 as a hub for its network of leading supplier partners and Kramp-branded products, showcasing the strength and breadth of its product offering. Visitors to the Kramp stand will have the opportunity to connect directly with brands such as Knipex, WD40, Rossi, and Loctite, as well as explore the rest of the Kramp assortment.

“This year’s LAMMA follows a record event for Kramp last year,” says Leo Copping, field sales manager for Kramp. “The stand was buzzing with farmers and dealers for the two days.

“We set up a shop at LAMMA to show farmers the range available if they visit a dealer stocking the Kramp range. Last year, this was made not-forprofit by donating the proceeds to our Cultivate a Generation grant fund, which added £11,000 in 2025. This year, we plan to do the same, and we hope for a similar result.”

LAMMA 2026 comes only a few months after Kramp’s acquisition of the Vapormatic brand and product range, providing visitors with the opportunity to ask the team any questions they may have. Leo says they will have a Vapormatic specialist on hand for this, and the rest of the team will also be well-equipped to help.

Elsewhere on Kramp’s LAMMA stand, visitors will once again be able to purchase clothing, Rossi boots, and Bruder toys. Last year’s hugely popular Knipex counter will also be selling its tools on the stand.

The business zone will provide seating, meeting facilities, and refreshments for Kramp’s dealer network. This area will feature the Kramp Workshop Solutions display. Here, there will be a competition for a farmer or dealer to win £3,500 of racking for their workshop. An area will also be dedicated to Kramp’s non-OEM private label range featuring hand tools, sprays, paint, lighting, and its own label PTOs.

The Kramp team looks forward to welcoming visitors to their stand at 19.330.

MF showcases new launches across the portfolio

Massey Ferguson will showcase the recently launched MF 8S Xtra, alongside the brand-new MF 5S with Dyna-VT transmission option, as part of a packed stand at LAMMA 2026.

The brand will return to the show for the third year running and, alongside the headline launches, the focus will also be on the compact MF 1M and MF 1700e models. These are not only suited to the smaller farming jobs but are popular machines in diversifications and associated industries, such as tourism, equine and amenity works. Both the recently launched MF 1M and the popular MF 1700e will highlight the options available to users, with a mid-mounted mower deck and scraper attached to the tractors on display.

MF will also display the popular MF 5S range, which now has the Dyna-VT (DVT) continuously variable transmission option.

Launched at Agritechnica in November, the MF 5S still has the Dyna-6 and Dyna-4 gearbox options but the DVT offers users the comfort and ease of use provided by a continuously variable transmission.

“The DVT option has been a request from many MF 5S users, and we’re delighted to bring this to market at a crucial time for farmers and growers to improve efficiency and comfort of all operations.”

The full lineup of MF machines will be represented at the show, including the MF 9S.425 which has been treated to the MF By You customisation

Lindsay Haddon, Advertising and Sales Promotion Manager - Massey FergusonUK, IRL and Middle East, says.

studio. Finished in striking metallic red livery, the MF 9S also features black coated wheel rims, athermic window tints to reflect the sun’s radiation away from the cab and the operator, smartphone armrest holder, and Focal speaker upgrade.

“Tractors are very personal to operators, and spending a lot of time in the cabs means upgrades to make life easier are essential. It’s also a great way to build business recognition by having a bespoke colour scheme for all tractors. We’re delighted to be back at LAMMA and look forward to welcoming all our customers to the stand,” adds Lindsay.

Massey Ferguson will be in hall 12 on stand 560.

New machines and updated models for KUHN at LAMMA

KUHN Farm Machinery returns to LAMMA for the second year in a row with a stand full of new and innovative machines to support UK farmers and growers.

For arable growers, the new generation KARAN trailed sprayer range will take centre stage. Following a four-year development, the KARAN delivers high spraying output and innovative technology to improve application accuracy. The KARAN – seen for the first time in the UK at LAMMA –extends from basic to premium models, with boom widths from 18m to 45m, and tank capacities of 4,500, 5,200, 6,000 and 8,000 litres. A UK demonstrator machine will be available this spring.

controls, with options including Motion Head 90 and a hydraulic debris blower.

KUHN will also show its updated MERGE MAXX 102 range, which now features Isobus control on the two larger models and multiple improvements to key areas based on customer feedback. These upgrades will simplify operation, increase durability and reduce maintenance time on all models. The three new models directly replace the previous generation, with working widths from 5.5m up to 10.95m.

Also making its UK debut will be the HIGHLANDER tine cultivator, introduced earlier this year. Slotting between the CULTIMER and PROLANDER models, the HIGHLANDER offers shallow tillage -3 to 20cm - along with the option to destroy and mix crop residues and leave a level one-pass finish. Available in 6m and 7.5m widths, the HIGHLANDER will suit different systems with a choice of rollers, harrows, seed hoppers and points to achieve the desired outcome. A UK demonstrator will also be available in spring 2026.

Sian Pritchard, KUHN UK managing director, says LAMMA provides the ideal platform to showcase the new launches. “It’s been a busy year for KUHN and we’ve got plenty of new and updated models to preview at LAMMA. Our focus is to provide solutions to make farmers’ lives easier, which means we are constantly evolving our vast product portfolio to meet these needs. The strengthening of our dealer network this year means LAMMA is an important show for new and existing customers to see the new machines in the flesh for the first time.”

A brand-new machine on KUHN’s stand will be the latest MULTI-LONGER 6157. Built to satisfy UK demand for powerful 6.1m reach hedge cutters, the new model retains existing MULTI-LONGER features, such as EP

KUHN’s full range of machines will be on display at LAMMA, including the recently updated ESPRO 4002R trailed drill; new VARIMASTER M plough; rear folding FC 3125 mower; AERO 32.1 boom fertiliser spreader; and VBP 7160 OC 14, alongside many others in hall 18, on stand 300.

Driven by the simple principle of creating a healthy environment and that ventilation is not the volume of air in a building, but critically it is the rate of air exchange, simply clean air in and stale air out - Farmplus design and build to these principles.

Animals left to nature always try to find shelter in the basic form, they use hedges, walls & natural hollows to get out of or reduce the impact of the winds. Likewise, they will use trees for shade from the sun and shelter from the rain. When we look at buildings we should aim to replicate these basic principles of nature wherever possible. Remember that animals want in the basic form shelter from the wind, rain, shade from the sun, and plenty of fresh air. Ideally giving animals a shelter wall to be able to lie behind with a decent gap above for air to pass over. All air movements need to be above animal height so as not to create a draft.

Depending on the height of the wall, the gap above will often need some form of wind break material to reduce wind speed on bad days. The best and cheapest form of ventilation is and always will be natural ventilation using the stack effect with sufficient gaps at the low eaves and open ridges. No fans using electricity, no moving parts & nothing to breakdown, so no ongoing expense.

In very high rainfall areas, special ventilated ridge capping’s can be supplied. For most situations, the best ridge treatment is still, simple upturned flashing, for these will make the outside air lift over the ridge of the roof. The base of any upstand should always be at a minimum 50mm (2” inch) back from the top edge of the roof sheet, so any water/rainfall that hits the inside of the upright flashing can then drip of the heal and drain away down the roof sheet.

Animals left to nature always try to find shelter in the basic form, they use hedges, walls & natural hollows to get out of or reduce the impact of the winds. Likewise, they will use trees for shade from the sun.

The strategic project that underpins confidence in UK grain safety

n AHDB initiative provides an annual snapshot of core contaminant levels in UK grain samples. Kristina Grenz explains how it supports the UK’s strong reputation for compliance and quality in grain.

Mycotoxins, agrochemical residues and other major contaminants in cereal grain and co-products have been monitored independently since the mid-1980s (both incidence and levels).

The work has supported supply-chain efforts to take reasonable steps (due diligence) to produce grain that consistently meets increasingly strict regulatory requirements.

Initially, a crop-by-crop approach was taken. However, since 2012, we have funded a unified project that covers all the major UK-grown cereals (wheat, barley and oats).

The coordinated approach has provided economies of scale and made monitoring more efficient.

It also led to the formation of a crosscommodity project steering group, which comprises representatives from major grain trade associations:

• Agricultural Industries Confederation (AIC)

• British Oat & Barley Millers' Association(BOBMA)

• The Maltsters' Association of Great Britain (MAGB)

• UK Flour Millers (UKFM)

Greater than the sum of its parts, this group has a central role. For example, it agrees the core contaminants to monitor

every year, helps get the appropriate grain samples (fresh-harvest and postintake samples) to researchers for analysis and interprets what the results mean in practice.

This year,the latest phase of the initiativegot underway. It will run for at least two years, with the grain analyses managed by Fera (as the UK National Reference Laboratory for Materials and Articles in Contact with Food).

Contaminants screened

The samples are screened for various contaminants, including major mycotoxins, such as fusarium toxins –deoxynivalenol (DON), nivalenol (NIV), T2 + HT-2 and zearalenone (ZON) –ochratoxin A (OTA) and ergot alkaloids.

In terms of agrochemical residues, we monitor for key active ingredients found in pesticides, fungicides, insecticides and plant growth regulators, as well as the high-profile herbicide glyphosate.

Despite being withdrawn as a sprout suppressant in GB potato stores in 2020, we still assess for chlorpropham (CIPC) residues. This is due to its persistence in stores, which are also used for grain.

In addition to the core contaminants, the steering group sets other contaminants to monitor for each year.

For 2025/26, this broader list covers several more toxins:

• Beauvericin and enniatins toxins (produced by variousFusariumspecies)

• Alternaria toxins (produced by variousAlternariaspecies)

• Sterigmatocystin toxins (mainly

produced byAspergillusfungi)

We will also continue to monitor for key heavy metals, such as copper.

Additional data on contaminants is also provided directly by the steering group members.

Screening results

The good news is thatthe previous project phasefound that contaminant levels were usually within the limits specified by both the EU and UK.

Any results of concern are discussed by the steering group, which also puts in place action plans to reduce risks across the supply chain.

Project data is also used to inform government debate on contamination risks.

A recent example relates to T-2 and HT-2, following the introduction of stricter EU maximum levels for these mycotoxins (which directly impact Northern Ireland).

Last month, the UK’s Committee on the Toxicity of Chemicals in Food, Consumer Products and the Environment (COT) published adraft statement on the risk for

T-2 and HT-2 mycotoxins in food, based on evidence provided by AHDB and others.

In this continually evolving area, it is essential to keep ahead.

It is why we have been looking atvariation in susceptibility to these mycotoxins in oat varietiesfor several years.

Recently, the EU also introduced maximum levels for ergot alkaloids (in addition to visible ergots).

Once again, to keep farm practice ahead of potential changes, we updated ourergot management strategiesearlier this year.

We are also in a strong position to supply data to help the government set practical and achievable ergot alkaloid limits in GB, if required.

Keep an eye out for contaminants monitoring data based on harvest 2025 grain samples early next year.

Credit: Kristina Grenz - Senior Cereal Product Quality Scientist (Contaminants)AHDB

Favourable winter crop conditions across Europe

he May-26 UK feed wheat futures contract closed at £174.15/t yesterday, down £1.45/t (0.8%) from Friday’s close. The Nov-26 futures contract, which shows the price for the 2026 crop, fell by £1.25/t to £176.25/t.

Chicago wheat and Paris milling wheat futures (May-26) had both decreased by 0.9% at yesterday’s close. Wheat prices remain under pressure due to an ample global supply and favourable weather conditions in the Northern Hemisphere for the 2026 winter crops. Yesterday, the MARS European crop monitor showed that the weather is currently generally favourable for winter crops across Europe.

The USDA's Crop Progress report yesterday showed that 3% more of the 2026 winter wheat

crop was rated as 'good' or 'excellent' than the previous week. However, this is still 5% below last year's rating.

Paris rapeseed futures (Feb-26) rose €1.50/t to €480.50/t yesterday, while futures for May26 increased by €1.00/t to €476.00/t. The rise in crude oil prices provided some support for rapeseed prices.

Winnipeg canola futures (May-26) rose yesterday by 0.5%, while Chicago soyabean futures (May-26) fell by 0.1%. Soyabean futures, having increased recently, are currently focusing on technical levels and trying to identify factors that will determine the direction of further price movements.

Credit: Yuriy Ruban - Analyst (Cereals & Oilseeds) - AHDB

Tickets now on sale for Cereals 2026 at Diddly Squat Farm

ickets are now on sale for the Cereals Event 2026 which is being hosted by Jeremy Clarkson at Diddly Squat Farm.

The event to be held 10-11 June 2026 is expected to include 550 exhibitors and 25,000 visitors – but don’t worry, only farmers and the associated trade are able to attend.

Jeremy Clarkson says: “Farmers are facing so many issues at the moment and hosting Cereals was our chance to do something positive for the industry and showcase some practical advice and ideas for food producers. We hope to shine a spotlight on farming in the UK and educate people about the challenges farmers face.

“Cereals is an opportunity for us to come together and find the solutions we all need. We’re really looking forward to welcoming farmers from across the UK to this celebration of British farming.”

Agronomist “Cheerful” Charlie Ireland, Managing Partner at Ceres Rural, says: “We know many fans of Jeremy’s show will want to attend the event, but we will ensure this remains a farmers’ only affair. Cereals has been around for years and is a major event on the agricultural calendar, allowing farming communities from across the UK to come together. That said, hosting Cereals at Diddly Squat is also a fantastic opportunity to draw some wider attention to the issues facing the farming industry.

“Away from the cameras, Diddly Squat is like any other farm in the UK and is just as vulnerable to the maelstrom of issues that batter the agricultural sector – from the weather to the political climate.

“Being able to all come together at Diddly Squat for Cereals will be a fantastic opportunity to discuss how we can continue to feed the nation and, most importantly, find ways to do that profitably – because the two should not be separated.”

Kaleb Cooper, Owner of Kaleb Cooper Contracting, manages the farm contracting work at Diddly Squat Farm and, with help from his team, is also managing the farm contracting work leading up to the Cereals Event. Kaleb is looking forward to promoting agriculture to the younger generation of farmers at Cereals 2026 saying:

“I was lucky enough to find my calling early on, and I want more young people to feel that same buzz – whether it’s driving tractors, caring for animals or producing food.”

The Agronomy Zone crop plots, showcasing the latest varieties and chemistry, are at the heart of Cereals. Once again, the plots are being well managed by Cereals’ Jonathan Backhouse and Niab’s Shaun Coleman. The farm contracting work is all being done by Kaleb Cooper Contracting under the watchful eye of Cheerful Charlie and George Badger, Partner at Ceres Rural. The farm team is confident that the crops will perform well but farmers will see a more realistic view of the Agronomy Zone this year as the site sits at a high altitude on Cotswold Brash.

Fruehauf are the Host Sponsor this year and Head of Sales, David Lewington, says: “Fruehauf has been working alongside the farming community for over 100 years and we are thrilled to be co-hosting Cereals 2026 at Diddly Squat Farm. It will be great to see so many farmers together over the two days and it will allow us the opportunity to show our support for the industry and meet with many existing and potential new clients”.

In addition to the Agronomy Zone, visitors to Cereals at Diddly Squat will have full access to all of Cereals’ informational and technical features like the Seed to Shelf Stage sponsored by KWS, BASE-UK Regenerative Ag Stage sponsored by Tees Law, Young Farmers Programme sponsored by Michelmores, the Syngenta Sprays & Sprayers Arena and other working demonstrations.

This year will also see a new Livestock Zone sponsored by Nofence introduced, alongside an Organic Agronomy area.

“Our goal is to give farmers tools that support daily decisions and unlock new potential for their land and livestock,” says Joachim Kähler, CEO of Nofence. “Cereals 2026 is the ideal setting to share that vision. We’re looking forward to meeting farmers and partners throughout the event.”

Visitors can also socialise in networking areas which includes stands from the Diddly Squat Farm Shop, Hawkstone, the Farmer’s Puppy and more. The event will feature Jeremy’s Hops and Harmony Bar sponsored by V12, Kaleb’s Korner sponsored by NY Tractor Parts and Gerald’s Gin Joint featuring Hawkstone Gin.

Matthew Lewis of Premium Crops, longtime exhibitor, Registration & Podcast Sponsor this year, said: “We’re delighted to be sponsoring Cereals this year – it’s such an

important event for arable farmers and the wider industry. Cereals provides the perfect platform to showcase innovation, share knowledge and connect directly with growers. At Premium Crops, we’re passionate about supporting farmers to explore new opportunities and make the most of alternative cropping options, and this event is a fantastic way to do just that.”

Farmers can now register for tickets at www.thecerealsevent.co.uk and applicable trade can enquire online about exhibiting at the event. This is a business-tobusiness event and so registrations will go through an approval process. Members of organisations including BASE-UK, Farmers Weekly, the National Association of Agricultural Contractors (NAAC) and the National Farmers Union (NFU) will be automatically approved and receive a discount with their membership number.

To manage traffic, there will be comprehensive traffic measures in place and visitors are being asked to choose a preferred entrance date & time. New for 2026, visitors can also book a seat on a Cereals Bus from key locations across the UK including, but not limited to, Elveden Farms, Roy Ward Farms Ltd & Law Farming giving farmers priority access on arrival and helping to reduce traffic further.

For more information, visit www. thecerealsevent.co.uk

Top class farming and competition at the Dairy Show

ore than 6,000 farmers and suppliers came together at the Dairy Show on October 1 to support each other, share ideas and exhibit top class livestock.

Against a backdrop of falling milk prices, the mood remained buoyant, with producers sharing regenerative farming tips in the LandAlive seminars, learning from industry experts in the AgriForum theatre and exploring new technology from the 300+ exhibitors. “It’s been a challenging year given the dry weather,” said David Cotton, dairy farmer and chairman of the show. “But farmers are good problemsolvers and are always adapting and looking at ways to improve resilience in uncertain times.”

Family farm tax

A major headline this year has been the changes to inheritance tax, which threatens the viability of family farms. Visitors packed the AgriForum session to learn how to navigate the impending new rules. “The worst thing anyone can do is put their head in the sand,” said Philip Whitcomb, partner at Clarke Willmott solicitors.

Options to try and mitigate tax include diluting company shareholdings among more directors, putting land into trust, and gifting property under the sevenyear rule, said Mike Butler, agricultural partner at accountant PFK Francis Clarke. However, every option carries other potential tax implications, as well as complexity when it comes to running the business.

“Often these set-ups are very inflexible; but fiscal rules will change, and family circumstances will change,” explained Mr Whitcomb. “So you need to ensure there’s a way out if things do change.” Taking professional advice from accountants, solicitors, and your bank is therefore essential.

Regen farming

Over in the new LandAlive theatre, farmers and consultants shared their journeys into regenerative farming, with processors, banks and nutritionists joining the supply chain dots. “Soil is the foundation of everything,” said event organiser Tom Pycraft, founder of Ark. Soil health, livestock health, environmental health and human health are all intrinsically linked, and regenerative practices stand to benefit them all.

Lee Truelove, head of regenerative farming at First Milk, explained how lots of producers making small changes can add up to have a significant impact. Over the past four years the co-operative’s 700 farmers have managed 92,000ha of land regeneratively, sequestering 203,000t of carbon dioxide per year and reducing their carbon footprint by 3.2% per litre of milk.

“We need systemic change and that’s only going to come from partnerships,” he said. We have to work with the major food companies – a little bit of change with them will have a massive impact.”

Biomethane

Another element to circular farming is using slurry and manure to generate power. Anaerobic digestion has been around for many years, and the next

development is creating biomethane to be used either on-farm or injected into the gas grid. One AgriForum session brought together experts to explore this emerging technology and its on-farm potential.

Although there are initial hurdles to overcome in terms of securing planning permission, funding and grid connection, the opportunities are tremendous, said Jacks Weaver, regional policy manager at the NFU. “There’s huge scope for collaboration.” Smaller producers could feed into a single collection hub with grid access, while the digestate waste can be used as a soil conditioner.

“The most exciting thing for the industry is that the technology is being made smaller and more accessible,” she added. Adding CO2 production to the mix, alongside biomethane, is a further opportunity, with the whole system offering the potential for improved farm sustainability in every sense of the word.

Cattle show

The culmination of the show – after two days of calf and cow competition - was the supreme interbreed championship, picking out the best of the best. Claiming top spot with a perfect judges’ score of 50 was Oliver Reed with his three-year-old Holstein cow Davlea Chief Lulu 3. Sired by Stantons Chief, this impressive cow calved in June and is yielding 60 litres of milk per day.

Oliver, whose family milk 150 cows through three Lely robots in Blackborough, Devon, also won the reserve interbreed calf competition with Beaconhill Arrow Kelly. Coupled with his first ever supreme win at the Dairy Show, celebrations were therefore guaranteed.

In reserve spot was James Evans with his three-yearold Jersey cow Mydrim Tequilas Spring Tracy. This homebred cow by Tower Vue Prime Tequilla produced twins in June, is yielding 40 litres per day, and is back in-calf to River Valley Victorious. Following a string of successes at the Royal Welsh, Pembrokeshire and national Jersey shows, she’ll be heading to the Welsh Dairy Show next.

“I love everything about her,” said Mr Evans, who keeps 50 cows near Haverfordwest in Wales while also working full-time as an animal nutritionist. “She’s got power, strength and a tremendous udder, as well as great feet and legs – she just glides around the ring.”

Dairy Industry Award

On the eve of the show, at the Dairy Industry Dinner, Michael Masters, head of milk supplies and operations at Barbers Cheesemaker, was presented with the Dairy Industry Award. “From setting up the first Dairy Producer Organisation and travelling all over the country supporting dairy farmers, to giving evidence at parliamentary enquiries, Michael has spent a lifetime in dairy farming,” said Mr Cotton. “A huge well done - this award is very well deserved.”

• For more information visit www.bathandwest.com/ the-dairy-show

Up-beat Midlands Machinery Show finds farmers still wanting clarity and confidence to invest

armers need more confidence in the industry before they can plan their next business investments.

That was the sentiment of exhibitors at the new-look Midlands Machinery Show which took place at Newark Showground last week.

Redesigned into a one-day format, thousands arrived at a chilly – but dry – show to talk to suppliers, gain CPD points, and socialise with their peers.

With budget day on the horizon and still no government announcements over the future of environmental schemes, exhibitors networked with land and business owners who are tentative about major investments.

NFU President sets out the challenge

One of the draws to this week’s show was the NFU’s Midlands Environment Conference.

Tom Bradshaw, NFU President, opened by stressing how high the stakes have become for farm businesses trying to navigate environmental policy. He pointed to recent public attention on the human impact of current inheritance tax rules and said the union is doing everything possible to turn that scrutiny into political pressure.

He warned that Defra’s environmental schemes remain in a state of flux, with SFI and Countryside Stewardship decisions creating clear winners and losers at a time when farmers need certainty. He called for transparency around the remaining ELMS budget and a clear plan for how farmers will be prioritised as more than 10,000 agreements expire in 2026.

Tom said environmental delivery will only succeed if farmers have confidence to invest in productivity, which is why the NFU continues to push for a workable SFI offer, rollover support where needed, and long-term clarity on the shape of future schemes.

Sentiment felt on the stands

Sharmans Agricultural, which took first prize in the Best Agricultural Trade Stand class, brought a broad range of machines to the show, including a Krone BiG Pack baler, Amazone Pantera self-propelled sprayer, and JCB telehandler.

Group Marketing Director Sally-Ann Hazard said the show is on the “home patch” for the Sharmans’ Grantham depot and was an opportunity to meet customers with the next 12 months in mind.

“The stand was built to give customers a proper look at the machines they are considering for the year ahead, and a chance to talk through plans for the coming season,” she said.

“Footfall was stronger than expected and conversations were upbeat. We understand why

people are cautious but engaged, and the show offered a rare moment where the industry felt forwardlooking again.”

David Musson Fencing took the best allied trade stand with a display that showed why the business has become a fixture at the Midlands Machinery Show.

The company’s Kerry Smith, who oversees purchasing, said agriculture remains a core market alongside equestrian, domestic and commercial work, and that the past year has seen strong demand for their products, underpinned by capital grants for fencing.

Kerry said the show is one of the best opportunities they have to see both long-standing customers and new faces.

“Footfall was good and the conversations were productive, with visitors willing to spend time talking through projects in a way that is impossible when they come to collect products from the yard or going to a job,” she said. “The overall mood feels more upbeat than expected and offered a welcome sign that confidence is still there beneath the uncertainty.”

Investing in efficiencies

Alan Parry, a software development manager with farm compliance app MeritAgCheck, said the challenge facing farming was driving investment in efficiencies.

“We used the show to give demonstrations of how our app can cut down on bureaucracy and paperwork, which always results in unnecessary costs for farm businesses,” he said.

“When profitability is under pressure you look at where you can shed costs, and adopting technology is one of the routes to achieving that.”

Similarly, first-time exhibitor Fireward, used its show presence to demonstrate how proven fire-suppression technology could prevent losses caused by machinery fires, particularly to balers and combines.

Marketing Manager Ben Robinson said: “Our systems have been used in construction and other major plant equipment for years but we’re now seeing how it can cut insurance costs and also the cost of losing farm equipment to fire damage.”

The Midlands Machinery Show has run for more than a decade and is organised by the Newark & Nottinghamshire Agricultural Society.

Events and Development Manager, Elizabeth Halsall, said: “We all know the challenges facing the industry, and that goes for the show’s visitors and exhibitors alike. But there was positivity to be found at the show, and a strong turnout is testament to the resilience of the sector and the need for events such as this to bring people together.”

Record breaking year for AgriScot, and Minister announces further funding for the Future Farming Investment Scheme

griScot, the UK’s premier agricultural business event, has recorded the highest attendance in its 24-year history as well as a significant increase in participation in their Dairy Classes, Silage and Business Skills Competitions.

Welcoming close to 12,000 visitors, with over 240 trade stands, the event continues to be recognised as the largest indoor event of its kind in Scotland.

The event demonstrated a packed programme, including a full seminar with Jim Fairlie, Minister for Agriculture and Connectivity of Scotland, announcing additional funding for the Future Farming Investment Scheme (FFIS) taking it to £21.4 million across over 1,600 applicants.

In his speech, he said “The scheme was competitive, with over 7,700 applications worth in excess of £77 million.I know there will be many who applied who will have been disappointed not to be successful in this round. There is no getting away from that. Going forward we will review the scheme to better understand what worked and where improvement could be made, to ensure it is more tightly targeted for any future rounds of the scheme.

“Officials have also undertaken further assurance checks on the assessment of applications for FFIS. As a result of those checks, areas designated as Common Grazings have been removed when verifying the total area of land occupied by a crofting business for assessment purposes. We have also added a further source of data to verify Organic Certification and therefore determine eligibility. Officials have revalidated those further applications following these assurance checks and will now be able to issue a further 122 offers of grant, mainly to crofting and island businesses.”

Innovation and planning for the future remained at the heart of the event, with AgriScot’s Business Skills Winner demonstrating a strong understanding of the industry and the requirements to adapt to deliver a profitable farming business. Won by Rachel Baillie from South Lanarkshire, a fourth-year student studying Agricultural and Farm Business Management at Harper Adams University is from a mixed dairy and sheep farm just outside Carstairs, Rachel

received a prize of £1,000, supported by Virgin Money. The competition, which is coordinated by SRUC, celebrated 15 years at AgriScot 2025 and included a special ceremony with all the winners.

Commenting on the win, Rachel said, “I'm really excited to have won the AgriScot Business Skills Award. It’s really pushed me out of my comfort zone, and I found it particularly interesting to learn other people's opinions and views. I’ve picked up so many new skills and lots of knowledge on everything from global issues to finances on the farm."

With a spotlight on cost-effective precision technologies, the Product Innovation Award went to Eadie Bros and Co. Ltd for their compound-lever plier, used for lamb castrations. The tool aims to increase better welfare by significantly reducing the level of pain at castration and tail docking, by 90%.

Livestock was also key to the live interactive demonstrations, showcasing the options for onfarm efficiencies. The Sheep Game’s Cammy Wilson, and Te Pari highlighted the Racewell handling system, an all in one-solution that is allowing businesses to reconsider what one person can achieve. Whilst the beef demonstration, hosted by SAC Consulting (part of SRUC) and Genus discussed how beef genetics are playing a pivotal role within dairy herds.

New this year was the Youngstock Dairy Classes, open to anyone between the ages of 5 and 30, encouraging the future and next generations.

Judged as an interbreed and with 19 competitors, Joshua Atkinson and Joanne Coulthurst were awarded first prize for calves born 1st September 2024 to 28th February 2025, with Absolute Doorman Santorini. For calves born between 1st March 2024 and 31st August 2025, D&J Brewster and D Gray took the top spot with Whinchat Crown Royal Sara.

SuperHeifer 2025 went to Family Airey, with Newcroft Lambda Farida, and SuperCow 2025 was awarded to Evening Holsteins, with Evening Sidekick Jennifer.

Reflecting on his first year as AgriScot Chairman, Gilmour Lawrie said “AgriScot continues to be a highlight in the calendar for the agricultural industry, and our record visitor numbers demonstrate the importance of the event. By offering a platform to develop business, explore new innovations, hear the latest trends and opportunities during our seminars, and engage with policy, AgriScot has become an essential place to support future business decisions.

“I would like to thank all our sponsors and exhibitors, who help ensure we can continue to offer free entry and free parking, and to the volunteers and team who run the event. I am looking forward to welcoming all our visitors back in 2026.”

The 25th AgriScot will take place on Wednesday 18th November 2026.

UK Dairy Farmers to Get Inside Track at Dairy Tech 2026

ext year’s Dairy Tech, organised by the Royal Association of British Dairy Farmers (RABDF) taking place on 4 February 2026 at Stoneleigh Park, Warwickshire, and supported by Principal Sponsor Barclays, promises to be bigger and more interactive than ever. Dairy farmers will have a unique opportunity to engage directly with leading industry experts on the issues that matter most.

With Electronic Identification (EID) set to become mandatory for English cattle farmers in 2027, the RABDF event will feature a dedicated session explaining what the new rules mean, timelines for farmers across the devolved nations, and how EID technology can enhance on-farm practices. This is a must-attend for anyone wanting to stay ahead of regulatory changes.

Milk market trends will also be on the agenda on the Dairy Hub, sponsored by Kite - part of the Asterra Group, where analyst Chris Walkland will provide forecasts for 2026 — a vital session for farmers navigating falling milk prices.

RABDF Chair and Cumbrian dairy farmer, Robert Craig said: “Dairy Tech has become a must-attend in dairy farmers’ calendars. It continues to be a positive way to kick-off the year by bringing farmers together and connecting businesses, suppliers, buyers and the organisations that work for them. I’m especially excited for next year’s event as it marks 150 years of the Royal Association of British

Dairy Farmers and the very first Dairy Show, held in 1876, which we plan to mark in style.’

Dairy Tech will also spotlight solutions to one of the industry’s most pressing challenges: labour shortages. Attendees will hear real examples of how dairy farmers are recruiting from outside the industry, building skills, and creating strategies to retain staff effectively.

For the first time ever, the event will host Farmers Weekly Question Time, an engaging, audience-led session where top speakers will take to the stage to answer questions on the latest industry developments.

On the Innovation Hub, sponsored by Lely, social media influencers Rebecca Wilson and Charlotte Ashley from the Wilson & Ashley Podcast will host a live session exploring the latest dairy technology. They will showcase key innovations transforming UK dairy farms and discuss practical ways technology can improve productivity, animal welfare, and sustainability.

With a combination of expert insight, live discussion, and practical takeaways, RABDF’s Dairy Tech 2026 is shaping up to be an essential event for anyone working in the dairy sector.

More information

For full information on the event and to secure your early bird discounted ticket now, visit www.dairy-tech.uk

Nine apprentices win £500 bursary to support agricultural engineers

ine agricultural engineering apprentices were recognised at this year’s Midlands Machinery Show after being named winners of the 2026 Midlands Apprentice Engineering Award.

Each receives £500, paid in two instalments across their first and second year, to support their development.

The initiative is run by the Newark and Nottinghamshire Agricultural Society, in the legacy of former president Geoffrey Bond.

Among the three first-year recipients were two apprentices from Sharmans Agricultural.

Edward Moisey, 19, is based at the company’s Pytchley depot, joining in August 2022. He did not grow up on a farm, although his grandfather worked in agriculture, and came into the industry with a fresh eye.

He says the size, power and variety of the machinery, along with the appeal of a job that changes every day, drew him to the job.

He said: “I’ve always been hands on and really into engines and machines. Tractors are big, they look cool and I wanted to do something different. I thought I’d give it a go and it has just grown from there.”

Ed is already being steered towards working more with implements and attachments, an area he is excited to develop.

“I’d love to specialise in balers. There are so many different types and everything works differently, so there’s a lot to learn. That’s what makes it interesting,” he said.

He plans to put the first-year award of £250 straight back into his toolbox.

“It will all go on tools. I’ve got the basics but I need more specialist stuff like torque wrenches. They’re not cheap so this really helps,” he said.

Tobin Royalls, 20, also collected a first-year award. He joined Sharmans straight after

finishing his GCSEs in 2021. He recently became the sole engineer at the Loudon depot, which means he handles all manner of servicing and repairs across the dealer’s livery.

Tobin said: “Agricultural technicians like us work hard in this industry. The hours can be long, and the work can be hard in all weathers, especially in winter.

“Winning this award genuinely gives you a lift. It shows people notice the effort you’re putting in and it helps keep you pushing forward.”

Tobin said most of the money will go towards new tools. “That’s the sensible answer. But I might treat myself as well!” he said.

Sir Mark Spencer, incoming President of the Newark and Nottinghamshire Agricultural Society, praised the winners and the commitment they have shown.

He said: “Congratulations to all the winners of the apprenticeship award. The career path you have chosen is going to be challenging but rewarding. We need the brightest and the best in young engineering talent and it is fantastic to see the enthusiasm and commitment that you are showing for our industry.”

The awards ceremony took place at the Midlands Machinery Show, held at Newark Showground on Wednesday 19 November, with the ceremony supported by B&B Tractors.

The 2026 Midlands Machinery Show will be held at Newark Showground on 18 November.

Newark hosts 10,000 vintage tractor and heritage machinery enthusiasts

round 10,000 people turned out to celebrate the history of farm machinery and implements through the ages at this year's Newark Vintage Tractor and Heritage Show, held under bright skies at Newark Showground.

The two-day event once again proved why it remains one of the highlights of the vintage calendar, with visitors travelling from across the UK – some from more than 400 miles away – to share in a weekend that mixed nostalgia, engineering excellence and community spirit.

Exhibits spanned everything from pre-First World War tractors and classic combines to potato handling equipment, steam engines and restored diggers, with every era of British farming represented.

One of the standout attractions was the spectacular Caterpillar display, where 89 exhibits ranging from the smallest crawlers to the largest dozers filled the showground.

There was incredible history on the stand, including a Holt 75 manufactured during the First World War and presented in pristine condition. The biggest of all, a mighty D10, towered above the crowd and drew constant attention from visitors.

The show was as much a social occasion as it was a competitive one. Enthusiasts gathered to share stories, catch up with old friends and admire each other's handiwork, while awards were handed out following the judging of more than 1,000 exhibits across dozens of classes.

For many, it was a welcome opportunity to celebrate shared passions and reconnect with the people who make the vintage scene so vibrant.

Persistence paid off for Hampshire's John Burfield and his partner Sally Ennor, who were rewarded with a hat-trick of prizes for their remarkable collection of Massey Fergusons.

Their 1964 Massey 65 Multipower Half Track took Best Restored Tractor, with a tandem Massey 35 also impressing judges. Their 13machine display won Best Collection.

Nottinghamshire's James Wood claimed Best Fordson Derivative with his unrestored yet fully working 1960 Whitlock Dinkum Digger – a quirky,

five-tonne machine powered by a Fordson Power Major engine that still earns its keep at home.

The Fordson theme continued elsewhere with wartime and post-war machines taking pride of place. John Redfern from Claypole won Best Unrestored Tractor with his 1940s Fordson N, while Dan Bartle's 1918 Fordson F was runnerup in the pre-1930 class, both earning applause on a weekend that coincided with national remembrance events. A rare Irish-built 1931 Ford Model N from Retford's Nicholas Kitchen added further fascination for enthusiasts.

Nottinghamshire engineer James Ragsdale brought along his Garrett steam engine, called Invincible, which took him and his family 12 years to rebuild. Once little more than a discarded boiler, the fully restored engine now tours shows nationwide.

Scottish mechanic David Kerr travelled more than 300 miles from East Kilbride to take home Best John Deere in Show with his meticulously restored 3120, fitted with a rare Sta-Dri cab. His 14-year project rescued the tractor from dereliction and returned it to as-new condition.

Visitors were also drawn to James Hardstaff's engaging display charting 120 years of potato machinery, from horse-drawn equipment to 1980s spinners and planters. His working potato clamp and historic riddles offered a hands-on glimpse of how Britain's staple crop was once handled and stored.

Away from the judging rings, the showground buzzed with activity. A packed auction of parts and machinery ran for more than three hours on Saturday, while Sunday's Sort Out saw thousands of items traded among collectors and enthusiasts. The weekend also included a wellattended service of remembrance on Sunday morning, which provided a reflective pause amid the celebrations of heritage and craftsmanship.

Reflecting on the success of the weekend, Roger Jackson, Show and Society Chairman, said: "Each year the show brings together passionate communities to celebrate the machinery and stories and skills that have shaped the landscape of British farming."

The Newark Vintage Tractor and Heritage Show will return on 7–8 November 2026.

Tractor World Show 2026: Save The Date!

he Tractor World Show returns to Malvern’s Three Counties Showground on Saturday 21st and Sunday 22nd February 2026 and now is the time to secure your stand.

Bookings for exhibitors, club displays, Autojumble entries and traders are already filling up fast and close on 17th January, so secure your space now for peace of mind and a prime spot at the springtime spectacular.

This year, as well as the regular historic farm machinery and agricultural exhibits, they’ll be hundreds of vintage, veteran, classic and brand-new tractors, alongside classic commercials, lorries, trucks, Land Rovers, vans and stationary engines.

Visitors can look forward to new themes, anniversaries and celebrations including: The Friends of Ferguson Heritage and the Ferguson Club who are bringing examples of these iconic machines to mark 80 years of the Ferguson TE20 and 70 years of the FE35.

dedicated to strictly second-hand motoring memorabilia.

2026 is also cause for celebration for Case IH Club who are marking 70 years of the Bradford Built small tractor, also on display for enthusiasts.

Saturday kicks off with the renowned H J Pugh’s live auction, featuring over 1,000 lots and Sunday welcomes the Classic Commercial Drivein Day and Outdoor Vintage Autojumble,

With more areas available for free parking, disabled access, weekend camping, and plenty of places to refuel, including a heated restaurant, coffee lounge and outdoor food stands, visitors and exhibitors alike can enjoy the show comfortably, whatever the weather. Just follow the brown tourism signs and AA signs.

Visitors:Pre-booked tickets are discounted and available online now and make great Christmas presents!!. Camping slots are limited must be pre-booked.

Exhibitors:Don’t delay! Stand bookings close 17th January 2026, but will automatically close before this date once all spaces are full. Secure your space now and be part of the ultimate springtime Tractor, farming and machinery event!

Got towww. tractorworldshow. co.ukfor tickets, bookings, information and application forms.

Silage samples show mixed results

This summer's widespread drought has led to lower forage stocks for many and recent silage analysis has also shown variations in grass mineral levels, coupled with increased dry matters.

Having collected results from 2,600 samples harvested in 2025 across Great Britain, ForFarmers product manager Bruce Forshaw explains the changes in minerals within the analyses and how to manage these levels in dairy cow diets.

He says: "This year's grass silages have been lower in chloride which we would expect to reduce the dietary cation anion balance (DCAB), but because potassium and sodium are higher than in 2024, the DCAB has increased.

"It is not a big shift but one to be aware of if you are relying on low DCAB diets to control milk fever."

There has also been a downwards trend in

analyses of grass silage's magnesium content over the last three years.

Bruce continues: "Over the last three years, we have seen reduced levels of both zinc and copper in silages, but only slightly."

Copper levels were 8mg in 2023, 7mg in 2024 and 6mg in 2025 while zinc was 32mg in 2023, 28mg in 2024 and 27mg in 2025. However, it is worth noting that if 12kg (DM) of this average silage was fed alongside a compound with a standard winter mineral pack both would be over supplied.

"We have also seen cobalt levels lower in 2025. This mineral is essential in the production of B12, which in turn is needed for energy metabolism," says Bruce. "Drought can affect cobalt uptake as lack of moisture reduces the solubility of the cobalt ions in the soil."

Drought has also affected other minerals such as iron which is significantly lower across this year's

silage analyses. Dry harvest conditions led to lower soil contamination in this year's silage with iron averaging 258 mg/kg DM, in contrast to 2023's wet summer, when iron averaged 473mg/kg DM.

He says: "It could be argued that as iron is an antagonist, although copper levels are lower, the mineral could be more available to the cow.

"Providing the right vitamins and minerals is essential to support optimal milk yield and herd health, but more isn't always better. Even a mild oversupply of nutrients can increase production costs, while significant excesses may lead to subclinical toxicity or, in extreme cases, serious health issues."

AriensCo appoints Michael Groves as UK Product-Specialist

Strengthening customer engagement & technical expertise across the UK market

riensCo has expanded its UK operations with the appointment of Michael Groves as Product Specialist in July 2025. The move underlines AriensCo’s commitment to closer customer relationships, stronger dealer collaboration & hands-on technical support across the country.

With over 18 years of experience in professional turf care, Groves combines deep product knowledge with extensive practical expertise in demonstration-driven, highperformance machinery.

Experience rooted in professional turf care

Before joining AriensCo, Groves worked with leading UK dealerships such as Buxtons, Ron Smith & Co., & PSD Groundscare. Throughout his career, he has specialised in high grass & slope mowers, building a reputation for connecting advanced machinery with realworld performance.

& showing customers the difference our machines make in real working conditions,” says Groves. “The Roadshow was the perfect way to start – being out there with customers, listening, demonstrating & adding real value.”

Leading product demonstrations & technical training

As Product Specialist, Groves will lead technical training sessions & strategic product demonstrations for major clients, working alongside Area Sales Managers to ensure AriensCo’s machinery is experienced directly in action.

Among his product highlights:

• The Ariens SUMMIT PRO – a professional Zero-Turn mower range designed for demanding commercial use.

• The AS-Motor Sherpa – a proven ride-on mower built for high grass & steep slopes. Reinforcing dealer support & customer experience

In his new role, Groves will:

• Support the UK sales team through product demonstrations & technical advice.

• Strengthen dealer relationships with on-site collaboration & customer engagement.

• Showcase AriensCo products across roadshows, events & field demonstrations.

Connecting with dealers & customers nationwide

Shortly after his appointment, Groves joined the AriensCo UK Roadshow, meeting dealers & end users across the country.

“This role is about helping our dealers succeed

Sam Lewis, General Manager AriensCo UK, comments:

“Our success depends on being close to our dealers & customers. These are investment products that must be seen, felt & understood. Michael’s deep market knowledge & enthusiasm for the industry will strengthen our presence in the field & reinforce our commitment to customer support.”

Part of a wider UK growth strategy

The appointment is part of AriensCo’s strategic focus in the UK to position its highperformance mowers – including Zero-Turn & high-grass models – directly where professionals operate. Dealers benefit from:

Closer cooperation & training support

• More active field demonstrations

• Enhanced end-user experience & satisfaction

Through this approach, AriensCo continues to build its reputation as a trusted provider of professional mowing solutions combining innovation, performance & long-term value.

Wiltshire College & University Centre in the running for top sustainability award

WILTSHIRE College & University Centre has been named a finalist for ‘Sustainability Institution of the Year’ at the 2025 Green Gown Awards – recognising the College’s leadership and impact in embedding sustainability across its campuses, curriculum and community.

The prestigious award recognises excellence across the education sector, highlighting institutions that are making a significant impact in reducing their environmental footprint and promoting sustainable practices.

The College started their sustainability journey in 2022 with the creation of a Sustainability Committee driving the College’s commitment to halve emissions by 2030 and reach net zero by 2040.

Deputy Principal, Steve Campion, said: “With our sustainability strategy we’re passionate about meeting our targets – from cutting emissions with renewable energy to expanding green skills training for our students. We’ve made real progress since 2022, and we’re determined to build on this momentum.”

Highlights from the College’s sustainability programme include:

• Launch of an anaerobic digester at Lackham campus, reducing emissions by over 50%

• Installation of over 800 solar PV panels across Trowbridge and Lackham campuses since 2023

• Development of Lackham Eco House, in partnership with Good Energy, and a Green Skills Innovation Centre, opening later this year to support practical skills training in green technologies.

• Growth in green skills training in areas such as electric vehicles, solar energy and heat pump installation.

• Ongoing investment in energy-efficient

facilities, EV charging, sustainable catering options and biodiversity projects across campuses.

These initiatives have been supported by over £1 million of combined investment, including funding from the Department of Education and Wiltshire Council.

Deputy Principal, Steve Campion said: “We are delighted to be recognised as a finalist in the Green Gown Awards. Sustainability is a priority for the College, not only in how we manage our campuses but also in how we prepare our students with the skills they need for a greener future. This recognition reflects the hard work of our staff, students and partners, and we’re proud of the progress we’ve made so far.”

Steve added: “These achievements show the real impact of our strategy, and we’re committed to building on this momentum with our partners to make an even bigger difference for our community and environment.”

The winners of the 2025 Green Gown Awards will be announced on Thursday 6th November in Birmingham.

The full list of finalists is available at: www.greengownawards.org/showcasingour-2025-finalists

Pictured:

• Eco House

• Lackham campus

• Lackham farm

• Chippenham campus

• Salisbury campus

• Green Gown Awards 2025 finalist recognition

• Trowbridge campus

• Video: Wiltshire College Green Initiatives

| #WeAreSustainable: https://youtu.be/ p89BwOjRhcc?si=te8bOd8wExIF1czN

RWAS announces Tudor Roderick as 2026 Royal Welsh Nuffield Scholar

The Royal Welsh Agricultural Society is proud to continue supporting the Nuffield Farming Scholarship Trust, an organisation thatawards individuals with life-changing opportunities, aimed at developing the agricultural leaders and innovators of the future.

All Nuffield Scholars work within the farming, food, horticulture or rural sectors and during their eighteen-month study period undertake a research project in an area of their own interest. The winning candidate will receive a bursary to encourage them to travel for at least eight weeks, providing them with the opportunity to study practices used abroad and at home.

The RWAS is delighted to sponsor Brecon farmerTudor Roderickas the 2026 Royal Welsh Nuffield Scholar. Tudor's chosen topic of study is, 'Can low input forage-based livestock systems be key to business resilience in a changing climate?"

On Tudor's family farm in the Brecon Beacons, they are increasingly experiencing the impacts of more extreme and unpredictable weather patterns. Prolonged periods of hot and dry summers have significantly hindered grass growth, while increasingly wet winters are shortening the grazing season and driving up wintering costs. These conditions pose considerable challenges for maintaining a low-input, forage-based livestock system.

Through Tudor's study trip, he aims to investigate how farmers in other regions are successfully adapting their systems in response to climate change. This includes exploring the use of more drought-tolerant forage crops, implementing adaptive grazing strategies, and enhancing livestock genetics for greater resilience.

early love for agriculture, which he pursued academically by attending Hartpury College and later Aberystwyth University. In 2023, Tudor received a Hybu Cig Cymru scholarship, travelling to Australia to look at sheep breeding for better resistance to worms, where he experienced firsthand the power of performance recording to drive genetic improvement in the sheep industry.

Outside of farming, Tudor enjoys trail and crosscountry running and has recently completed the 22-mile Man vs Horse race in Llanwrtyd Wells, Mid Wales.

The Nuffield Scholarship offers forward-thinking people in the food and farming industry an

The primary objective is to identify practical, costeffective, and scalable solutions that can be trialled back home at Newton Farm and shared with the wider farming community. By learning from others already tackling similar issues, Tudor hopes to bring back insights that will help future-proof forage-based livestock systems in the UK.

Having grown up on the family beef and sheep farm in the Brecon Beacons, Tudor developed an

eighteen-month opportunity to study a key area of change or development within the food chain, culminating in a report designed to help British farmers explore new ideas for their businesses. In supporting this, the Royal Welsh Agricultural Society remains committed to encouraging education and research within the agriculture and land-based sectors in Wales, with continued investment in young people forming a core part of its charitable objectives and future vision.

Tudor Roderick will be presented with a certificate during the official opening ceremony of the Royal Welsh Winter Fair on Monday 24thNovember.

New generation of John Deere apprentices graduate as programme marks continued growth

More than fifty apprentices have graduated from John Deere’s renowned Ag Tech, Turf Tech, and Parts Tech programmes, joining dealerships across the UK and Ireland as qualified technicians and parts specialists.

The graduates, trained in partnership with ProVQ at the John Deere Apprentice Training Centre in Upper Saxondale, Nottinghamshire, were recognised at a special ceremony celebrating their achievement and the ongoing success of one of the longest-running manufacturer apprenticeship schemes in the industry.

Jacob Ellwood from the Thomas Sherriff dealership was named Technician Apprentice of the Year for 2025, while Alex Hind from Farol won the Parts Apprentice of the Year award. Both received trophies and iPads to mark their success.

Now in its fourth decade, John Deere’s apprenticeship scheme continues to evolve to meet the changing needs of modern machinery dealerships. The programme equips students with a mix of technical, diagnostic, and digital skills, alongside customer service and communication training.

“Our apprenticeships continue to play a vital role in developing the next generation of talent for our dealer network,” said John Deere Training Centre Manager Allan Cochran. “The industry is moving fast, with connected machines, advanced diagnostics, and precision technology becoming standard, so it’s essential that our apprentices leave fully prepared for those challenges. Seeing them graduate and take their next steps with our dealers is hugely rewarding.”

Apprentices on the Ag Tech and Turf Tech courses work towards the Land-Based Service Engineering Technician Level 3 qualification, while those on the Parts Tech route complete a Level 3 parts diploma.

The expanded Parts Tech programme, introduced last year, now includes greater emphasis on technical knowledge and customer interaction in response to the growing importance of John Deere’s aftermarket and service support.

An apprenticeship programme is also available to those working in the construction industry with the John Deere-owned Wirtgen Group.

Since its inception in 1992, the John Deere apprenticeship programme has supported well

in excess of 1,200 young people to find skilled roles across the company’s worldwide dealership network. Recruitment for the next intake is now underway, offering school and college leavers the opportunity to build long-term careers in the agricultural and turf machinery industries.

2025 John Deere Apprentice Graduates

Ag Tech apprentices: Ethan Pywell (Farol), Joe Wroughton (Farol), Tristan Ingram (Hunt Forest Group), Dennis Goode (Hunt Forest Group), William Edmunds (Hunt Forest Group), Oliver Crowden (Hunt Forest Group), Robert Smith (J S Montgomery), Lewis Goddard (Masons Kings), Kieron Knights (Tuckwells), Kane Rose (Tuckwells), Dexter Cox (Tuckwells), Kieran Day (Tuckwells), Carter Gagg (Tuckwells), George Lane (Tuckwells), Harvey Resker (Tuckwells), Luke Francis (Tuckwells), Harry Douglas (Ripon Farm Services), Ryan Ford (Ripon Farm Services), Marcus Bulled (Smallridge Bros), Thomas Tamblyn (Smallridge Bros), Edward Girdler (Smallridge Bros), Ben McNally (Stephen W Moore), Shane Kirwan (Templetuohy Farm Machinery), Noel Morton (Templetuohy Farm Machinery), Colin Power (Templetuohy Farm Machinery), Ben Ballantyne

(Thomas Sherriff), Daniel Campbell (Thomas Sherriff), Jacob Ellwood (Thomas Sherriff), George Rutland (Ben Burgess), Jack Balls (Ben Burgess), Ben Rimmer (Ben Burgess), Niall Lambert (Cornthwaite), Cameron Steele (Cornthwaite), James Holden (Cornthwaite), Robert Ward (Farol)

Turf Tech apprentices: Nathan Tilley (Ripon Farm Services), Ellis Lane (Tallis Amos Group), Dylan Philip (The Double A Trading Company), Aiden May (Farol)

Parts Tech apprentices: Elisabeth Akers-Wood (Ripon Farm Services), Jasmine Grant (Thomas Sherriff), Libby Holden (Balmers GM), Alex Hind (Farol), Holly Ward (Farol)

Construction apprentices: Dyllan Du Plessis (Wirtgen)

Diploma apprentices: Declan Bryan (Farol), Nicholas Cokayne (Farol), Joshua Hartwell (Farol), Bradley Kebej (Farol), Daniel Lewis (Farol), Gaurav Patel (Farol), Kacper Racziewicz (Farol), Max Spiers (Farol), Lucy Walker (Farol), Lucy Winfield (Farol)

Alex Hind, Farol Parts Apprentice of the Year 2025

Jacob Ellwood, Ag Apprentice of the Year 2025

Tong kept potato producers ahead of the game at BP2025

s the UK potato industry prepared to gather at BP2025 in Harrogate, event silver sponsor Tong Engineering was set to showcase how its latest handling and automation technology had been helping potato growers and producers meet modern demands while preparing them for the future.

With 95 years of experience as a fourth-generation family business, Tong had built its reputation on engineering solutions that responded directly to farm and packhouse needs. At BP2025, the company presented its field-to-pack approach, offering both proven stand-alone machines and fully customconfigured systems designed to handle crops more efficiently, save labour, and boost performance from start to finish.

For the first time, Tong exhibited alongside its Swift Lift range, bringing both brands together on the company’s main indoor stand (Hall 1, Stand 114) and the adjoining outdoor area. Visitors had the chance to explore the latest innovations in advanced handling and automation with the Tong team, including equipment created to streamline every stage of post-harvest processing.

Demonstrating its strength in collaboration, Tong also hosted several trusted manufacturing partners, including VHM Machinery and Verbruggen palletising, while showcasing close working relationships with other leading specialists. Together, they offered one of the UK’s most complete solutions for fully integrated potato handling and packing—combining world-class engineering, smart automation and seamless integration from start to finish.

handling and automation expertise, delivering intelligent systems for box filling, tipping, weighing and box movement. Their modular solutions integrated smoothly into both new and existing handling lines, improving operational flow and reducing labour requirements.

BP2025 also marked the launch of new equipment innovations from Tong, developed directly in response to customer demand. These nextgeneration machines set a new benchmark in efficient, gentle, and intelligent crop handling, reinforcing Tong’s commitment to continuous

What truly set Tong apart was its long-term commitment to growers. The company provided full lifecycle support—from commissioning and training to servicing and future upgrades—ensuring customers could invest with confidence. “Our customers don’t just need machines that work today,” said Edward Tong, Managing Director at Tong. “They need systems that will keep them competitive for years to come. That’s why we see every project as a long-term

As the industry continued to evolve, Tong remained focused on labour-saving automation, smarter sorting, and integrated, ongoing support. At BP2025, visitors were invited to meet the Tong team, explore the latest machinery, and discover how tailored solutions could transform their operations.

Verbruggen, a global specialist in palletising technology, brought its high-speed, precision stacking systems, ensuring consistent and efficient pallet formation for a wide range of packaged produce. Their advanced automation helped increase throughput and reduce manual handling, reinforcing their role as a trusted partner in packhouse optimisation.

VHM Machinery contributed its cutting-edge box-

“We take real pride in supporting growers and producers of every size, with single machines to full turnkey projects,” said Edward Tong. “BP2025 gave us the chance to showcase new equipment from both Tong and Tong SwiftLift, designed to automate processes for maximum efficiency. Some of our latest set-ups showed that smart upgrades could be made in a very cost-effective way, proving that large-scale investment wasn’t always required to achieve real gains in handling efficiency and performance. We looked forward to welcoming visitors to our stand as we unveiled our new machines alongside our renowned hospitality.”

Scientists from The James Hutton Institute promoted innovation at British Potato 2025

cientists from The James Hutton Institute attended British Potato, the potato industry's premier event on 19th and 20th November, where they showcased cutting-edge molecular innovations that were transforming the way breeders selected key traits, and explained why these innovations were essential for building a more resilient, productive and sustainable industry.

Scientists had been developing new molecular markers—specific DNA sequences used to identify particular traits or characteristics in plants—for resistance to potato cyst nematode (PCN), late blight and virus diseases, all of which posed significant challenges for growers and breeders alike.

The Hutton's Head of Molecular Diagnostics, Dr Vanessa Young, said, “Molecular markers now sat at the core of modern breeding programmes, allowing breeders to screen for resistance genes without having to expose plants to disease. This not only saved time and resources but also helped breeders unravel the complex genetic control behind important traits, ultimately enabling smarter parental choices and more dynamic and effective cross-breeding programmes.”

At the time, the Hutton's breeding programme used universally transferable KASP™ markers, developed in-house and commercialised by Hutton Scientific Services, the commercial arm of the Hutton. While KASPs remained a cost-effective alternative to traditional disease screening, scaling up across large early-generation breeding populations was still a limiting factor, meaning the method tended to be restricted to the later stages of breeding programmes.

The team was investing in MAXY-ID, a new highthroughput genotyping platform designed to automate DNA extraction and analysis and dramatically reduce the time and cost of testing, enabling thousands of clones to be screened at early breeding stages. It had the potential to become a game-changer across the entire crop science sector, including potato breeding.

The Hutton was internationally renowned for its potato science and remained the UK's largest R&D centre for potatoes. Its National Potato Innovation Centre (NPIC) worked in partnership with academics, industry and government in the UK and beyond to carry out scientific research to futureproof the potato industry and support economic resilience and growth. It developed solutions that helped ensure that potatoes remained a sustainable and profitable crop that provided nutritious food for all and supported the British economy.

Visitors to British Potato were also able to learn more about the Commonwealth Potato Collection (CPC), housed at the Hutton. It was recognised as one of the world's most valuable collections of potato genetic resources, capturing the full spectrum of natural potato diversity and harbouring vital genes for disease resistance, drought tolerance and climate resilience.

CPC Curator, Gaynor McKenzie, said, “At a time when climate change and evolving pest pressures threatened food security, the CPC’s genetic wealth had never been more valuable. Visitors were able to discover why this unique collection was a critical resource for breeding the potatoes of the future— and why its preservation mattered more than ever.”

GIC AND GREENVALE MARKED 25TH MILESTONE AT BRITISH POTATO 25

ackaging machinery manufacturer GIC celebrated supplying its 25th vertical form fill and seal (VFFS) machine to the UK’s largest grower of fresh potatoes at the British Potato Show.

Greenvale, which grows over 25,000 tonnes of potatoes each year, took delivery of a GIC8000 VFFS machine at its Floods Ferry site in October, where it was used to pack fresh small potatoes at high speed into finished packs of up to 1kg.

GIC, which was located on stand 230 on 19th and 20th November at the Yorkshire Event Centre in Harrogate, first worked with

Greenvale in June 2001, when the company decided to automate the packing of baby potatoes using a VFB2000 machine.

The efficiency improvements achieved through using GIC machinery inspired Greenvale to become the first potato supplier in the UK to automate the packing of maincrop potatoes.

The project, which involved the installation of two GIC VFB4000s in autumn 2001, trebled Greenvale’s packing capabilities at its Floods Ferry site, increasing throughput from 15 to 45 packs per minute per machine for its 1.5kg, 2.5kg and 5kg packs.

In addition to increased throughput, GIC’s

machines enabled Greenvale to apply more detailed date coding to its packs a process that had previously been slow and labour-intensive.

The commissioning of Greenvale’s latest GIC machine a GIC8000 in October meant that the company was now using only GIC machines across its factories.

The new VFFS machine replaced an older, obsolete bagger supplied by another company which could not be relied upon given the significant increase in volume required between then and Christmas.

“The GIC8000 is a high-speed constant motion servo machine that can produce finished pack widths up to 400mm at up to 110 packs per minute. Our latest version features a hinged maintenance panel that provides easy access to the internal mechanism and drives for servicing, making it ideally suited to Greenvale’s requirements,” said Andy Beal, Managing Director at GIC. “We are very proud of our relationship with Greenvale, and we looked forward to celebrating the installation of the 25th machine supplied to them at British Potato. It felt very fitting to celebrate our 24-

year relationship at one of the potato industry’s most important events.”

Adrian Dickson, Greenvale’s Engineering Manager, said that the working relationship had spanned over two decades for several reasons. “GIC machines are exceptionally well made, reliable, and easy to operate. Andy and his team support this with fantastic customer service, which is essential to us.

“As we had recently been awarded several new contracts and expected our throughput to double between then and Christmas, we needed to upgrade the line to ensure we had the capacity and reliability to meet demand.”

Established in the 1970s, Greenvale supplied potatoes to the UK’s retail, foodservice, wholesale and processing sectors. The company employed over 370 people across two strategically located sites operating 364 days a year. In addition to its own growing operation, Greenvale collaborated with more than 200 UK potato growers as part of a unique vertically integrated end-to-end supply chain.

Winter Warmth, Fenland Style

s November sweeps across the Fenlands, a crisp chill drifts through Ely’s streets, brushing against frost-tipped leaves and curling around the cathedral spire. It’s the month when homes exhale: soft blankets tumble from cupboards, kitchens hum with simmering stews, and the low glow of candlelight begins to chase away the early dusk.

Nestled on the historic High Street, Cow on the Ice invites visitors to step into a space where texture, scent, and light are carefully orchestrated to soothe the senses and calm the mind.

No Cow on the Ice: A Philosophy You Can Feel

The whimsical name is deeply deliberate. Inspired by the Swedish phrase “Ingen ko på isen”, literally “no cow on the ice”, it offers a quiet reassurance: everything is under control, take a breath, slow down.

That philosophy is palpable the moment you enter Eva’s Ely shop: the quiet rustle of paper packaging, the faint drift of essential oils in the air, the soft

gleam of amber bottles arranged with thoughtful simplicity.

“Our homes are sanctuaries. We want our products to help people slow down, breathe, and reconnect with simple joys.”, Eva, Founder.

It’s an approach rural readers will recognise instantly: a way of life shaped by seasons, patience, and the gentle grounding of craft and countryside.

Crafting Cosiness: Touch, Sight, and Scent

Step inside and the air greets you with cedarwood, vanilla, and juniper. Shelves hold items chosen not for trend but for how they make you feel: buttery textiles folded with care, the crisp edges of handmade paper, and fragrances that let the mind soften.

Winter favourites include:

GLOW face serum, a rich, velvety oil that warms in the hands before melting into the skin, leaving a subtle fruity aroma behind.

Leaves & Lullabies home mist, forest pine and fallen leaves bottled into a single breath, like stepping through a November wood without leaving the sofa.

Every item is designed to offer a sensory pause in a season often hurried and grey.

Slow Living in Practice

Cow on the Ice is more than a shop; it’s an invitation. In the gentle “Treatment Nook,” quiet

music mingles with low laughter, the scent of oils grounding you as Eva’s small-batch products glide across the skin. Each visit becomes an act of mindfulness: noticing scent, texture, warmth, and calm.

“Small-batch, British-made, and rooted in nature: every product is a reminder to slow down and savour the season.”

The

Story Beneath the Stillness

Eva’s journey to this peaceful space was anything but serene.

“I lived on a boat for three years so my business could have a chance,” she says, smiling. “It all began when I handed in my resignation letter with the trembling grace of someone returning a library book that’s three years overdue and possibly cursed. Then I started my business out of a shipping container and moved onto the boat.”

She laughs easily when she tells the story, but the determination behind it is unmistakable. So is the humour that has carried her through difficult moments.

This year brought a particularly tender one.

A Quiet Tribute

Theodora, the tiny, peculiar, endlessly endearing shop dog, passed away unexpectedly. In the days that followed, customers came with flowers, so many that the shop floor was soon covered, each stem a small expression of love for the little creature who had made so many people smile.

Her spirit lingers softly in the space, a reminder that the places we build are shaped not just by objects, but by the hearts, human and otherwise, that move through them.

Every item is made to be felt, not merely seen.

Ely: Heritage You Can Sense

Ely in November is a landscape of sensory moments: the soft crunch of leaves underfoot, the cathedral’s spire rising through morning mist, and the faint scent of peat fires drifting from neighbouring homes. Cow on the Ice sits harmoniously within this setting, an understated shopfront opening into an oasis of scent and quiet radiance.

Its connection to place shapes every product: fragrances, textiles, and paper goods imbued with Fenland calm and craft.

Rural Resonance

Cow on the Ice will resonate with Farming Monthly National readers because its ethos mirrors rural life itself: attentiveness, patience, and a respect for rhythm and season.

Long winter evenings call for warmth, scent, and rest, gifts the shop offers generously.

Seasonal Gifts That Engage the Senses

As Christmas approaches, Cow on the Ice offers gifts that don’t simply sit on shelves; they shape atmosphere and invite comfort.

• GLOW serum, warmth in the hands, nourishment for winter skin

• Leaves & Lullabies home mist, evergreen air, bottled

• Hand-crafted cards, embossed textures that encourage touch

• Reed diffusers and candles, gentle fragrance and slow-burning light for long winter evenings

Embracing November Cosiness

November is the tender pause between harvest and Christmas: frost beginning, firelight returning, homes preparing to glow. Cow on the Ice embodies this shift. Candles flicker on shelves, oils gleam quietly, and paper goods wait to be held.

Here, Scandinavian simplicity meets Fenland sensibility: every scent and texture an invitation to slow down and savour the season.

“In every corner of our shop, there’s an invitation to pause, breathe, and connect with simple pleasures.”

Location: 32A High Street, Ely, Cambridgeshire CB7 4JU

Website: cowontheice.co.uk

Offerings: Natural skincare, home fragrances, interior objects, hand-crafted gifts

Best for: Winter home styling, thoughtful gifts, sensory inspiration

Cow on the Ice is more than a shop, it’s an experience. For anyone seeking to bring warmth, texture, and comfort into their homes this winter, a visit (or even a quiet online browse) offers the perfect moment to slow down and savour the season.

WELTEC BIOPOWER biomethane plant to go into operation in mid-2026

erman manufacturer WELTEC

BIOPOWER is currently building a biomethane plant for the Irish company Evergreen Agricultural Enterprises Limited. The plant at the company’s headquarters in Monasterevin, County Kildare, will go into operation in mid-2026 after a total construction period of 11 months. The location offers the operator logistical advantages, among other things: “On the one hand, it is well connected to the M7 motorway. In addition, the national gas network for direct biomethane feed-in is in the immediate vicinity,” emphasises Patrick Meade, Managing Director of Evergreen.

No competition with feed production for use of input materials

The €50 million project comprises four digesters and one stainless-steel secondary digester, each with a volume of 4,900 cubic metres. These are mainly used to ferment production residues and by-products from the Irish beer and whiskey industry. The materials are readily available and do not compete with feed production, as they are unsuitable for animal feed.

Three additional tanks are used to store liquid substrates. “Despite its size, the plant, with an annual processing capacity of 165,000 tonnes, will be built in just six months of pure construction time. Construction is proceeding according to plan and mechanical completion is scheduled for the end of this year,” says Tobias Gerweler, Managing Director of WELTEC BIOPOWER. “The decision not to use grass silage was a conscious one, so that we would not be competing with the livestock industry,” Patrick Meade continues. A combined heat and power plant (CHP) installed on site generates around 1 megawatt of power for the operation of the plant and supplies heat for the digesters.

Hourly production of 1,300 cubic metres of biomethane

Three rotating long-axis agitators and three submersible motor agitators in the tanks support the effective digestion of the substrate mix. The biogas is collected in the digesters with double membrane roofs and processed into biomethane using membrane technology. It then enters the public gas grid 20 metres away via the feed-in point. Once

commissioned, the plant will produce around 1,300 standard cubic metres of biomethane per hour –equivalent to around 110 GWh of energy per year. The annual output of 65,000 tonnes of digestate is stored in a covered concrete lagoon and delivered to farmers separately as liquid and solid fractions.

By 2030: 5.7 terawatt-hours of biomethane per year

“The fact that German manufacturer WELTEC BIOPOWER was awarded the contract to build the largest plant in Ireland to date was due not only to the

technical advantages mentioned above, but also to the short delivery times,” emphasises Managing Director Patrick Meade This will also enable Ireland to achieve its ambitious expansion targets for biomethane production: the government aims to produce 5.7 terawatt-hours (TWh) of biomethane annually by 2030. To achieve this, existing biogas plants for biomethane processing would have to be expanded, and technically mature plants such as the one built by Evergreen in Kildare would have to be planned and constructed.

SEETEL New Energy selects Volvo Penta battery systems for mobile and industrial energy storage in Asia-Pacific

aiwan-based SEETEL New Energy has chosen Volvo Penta’s battery systems for energy storage to power its mobile fast-charging solutions in Asia Pacific with applications across industrial and urban sectors. The selection marks Volvo Penta’s growing role as a trusted supplier in the region’s expanding energy market.

Powered by Volvo Penta’s liquid-cooled, highperformance battery systems for energy storage, SEETEL New Energy’s solutions can be designed to carry large amounts of installed energy, in demanding mobile energy applications. This enables reliable charging for high-power industrial applications like construction and mining, as well as emergency relief, remote medical support, and roadside EV assistance. The company will develop mobile battery energy storage systems (BESS) in 270kWh and 540kWh configurations, mounted on light trucks to serve as mobile fast-charging units or transportable containerized units for industrial use.

“By combining Volvo Penta’s integration-ready battery systems for energy storage with our energy

management and deployment capabilities, we can deliver high-efficiency, mobile charging solutions that support the region’s growing demand for cleaner and flexible energy. This also accelerates our business diversification while helping our customers transition to sustainable operations competitively,” says Lin Sheng-Tse, Chairman and Founder of SEETEL New Energy.

The relationship was facilitated through Volvo Penta’s long-standing Taiwanese dealer, JOU International, which supplies Volvo Penta-powered backup power gensets to SEETEL New Energy’s facilities. Building on this trust, SEETEL New Energy saw the potential of Volvo Penta’s battery systems for energy storage to diversify and strengthen its business.

Working with Volvo Penta opens new business opportunities for SEETEL New Energy, such as subscription-based mobile recharging in urban centers where BESS trucks can be dispatched to EV customers in cities with limited charging access. Volvo Penta’s energy-dense battery systems can complete more rounds before replenishment—boosting efficiency, uptime, and profitability.

“Our relationship with SEETEL New Energy demonstrates how Volvo Penta can play a trusted role in enabling customers to bring new energy solutions to the market,” said Volvo Penta industrial sales director Oh Han Peng. “By supplying proven, integration-ready battery systems, we help our customers focus on what they do best—developing and deploying applications that meet emerging needs in energy storage and electrification.”

SEETEL New Energy’s requirements called for solutions that are mobile, robust, and able to carry large amounts of installed energy safely. Leveraging the electromobility platform from the Volvo Group, Volvo Penta’s integration-ready battery systems, certified for mobility and tested with high IP-class protection, are designed for tough conditions—making them a strong fit for SEETEL New Energy’s mobile and industrial use. This project builds on Volvo

Penta’s long heritage in power generation— expanding its portfolio from advanced engines to battery systems for energy storage.

WINTER HOUSING FOR BEEF

hilst outwintering may be an option for a minority, for most of you the approaching winter months means bringing the cows inside. This often brings new disease challenges, such as heightened levels of lameness or pneumonia. Have you ever thought about how your housing may be affecting these problems? I encourage you to look at your barns this winter with a careful eye and consider if there is anything you can do to change them for the better.

One of the biggest challenges we face over winter is poor ventilation. Some barns we use to house sucklers perhaps weren’t initially put up with them in mind. This means they don’t always optimize air flow by making use of the ‘stack effect’, which is the process of using body heat to warm the air and create a current. This current can then be used to circulate ‘dirty’ air out, and introduce ‘clean’ air, removing moisture, dust and pathogens along with it. However, if this ‘dirty’ air is left circulating, higher levels of disease and buildup of moisture may be experienced. I encourage you to look at your barn’s outlets (anything in the roof) and the inlets available (anything on the sides of the building) and consider whether you think there are any airflow issues. Good indicators of suboptimal airflow are an excess of cobwebs or heavy condensation on the inside of the roof. Luckily, these issues are easy to confirm with a few simple tests; and can be

fixed in a number of ways. I advise speaking to your regular vet to find an efficient way of doing this.

Another issue we see is stocking density. Perhaps you are down with TB and, as a result, find yourself overstocked. What challenges may this pose? Well, bedding becomes soiled more quickly (leading to dirty cows), pathogens spread more readily (leading to more disease) and feed/water competition increases (leading to poorer feed intakes, particularly in subordinate animals). A 500kg suckler cow requires approximately 6m2, with 75% of this being bedded areas. I challenge you to work out the lying space for your cows and see if it is adequate.

These are only two of the many problems you may have noticed, with water and feed access, bullying, poor access to handling facilities and poor drainage amongst others. All of these can be improved by making sensible changes to housing. Whilst changing a barn won’t happen overnight, some changes can be simple, cheap and effective and make a huge difference to cow health and efficiency. I encourage you to ask your vet next time they are on farm, to see if there are any easy wins to be had out of your winter housing.

Credit: Imogen Rogers BVetMed PGDipVCP MRCVS - www.synergyfarmhealth.com

hen winter hits hard, your animals count on you to keep them safefrom the cold. Good winter housing isn’t just a comfort, it’s the key to healthy, productive livestock. A dry, sheltered spot out of the wind keeps feed energy going toward growth and milk, not just staying warm.

Clean bedding, solid walls, and a roof that holds up to the weather mean fewer sick days, less stress, and stronger animals come spring. Whether it’s cows in the barn or ewes in the shed, a bit of extra care now pays off in the long run.

Warm animals are happy animals, and happy animals keep the farm running strong.

As the cold season approaches, make sure your farm is ready with the right winter housing for your animals. Our team is ready to help you plan and install the best solutions to keep your livestock safe, warm, and healthy all winter long.

Don’t wait for the first snow to hit, give us a call today to get your winter housing sorted!

Request your free quote today by Phone: 01270 781158

Email: info@gh-construction.co.uk https://gh-construction.co.uk/

The NFU is calling on the government to ensure rural crime is given a clear national priority, following the Home Office’s announcement that police and crime commissioner positions will be abolished once their current term is up in 2028.

The government has said policing functions will transfer to elected mayors and new governance structures from 2028. In areas not covered by mayors, this role will be taken on by elected council leaders.

The government has said that for Wales 'the unique circumstances of devolved local government arrangements' will be taken into consideration.

PCCs (police and crime commissioners) have constructively engaged with farming communities across the country since their introduction, working with the NFU and wider rural stakeholders to address issues such as machinery theft, livestock worrying and hare coursing.

The government has said it will ensure there is continuity of the support services for victims and witnesses that are currently provided by PCCs.

New governance structure for policing

The NFU is urging ministers to ensure rural crime is not forgotten, with the announcement offering an opportunity for the government to create a new governance structure for policing that includes a national approach to rural crime.

This could be done, for example through a crossdepartmental rural crime task force, something the NFU

has long called for to address persistent failures in tackling rural crime.

NFU Vice-president Rachel Hallos said she was grateful for the PCC's work listening to and supporting rural communities: “Crimes like fly-tipping, livestock worrying and machinery theft are not just costly but emotionally distressing. Farms are more than just businesses, they are homes, and everyone deserves to feel safe in their own community.

“As policing functions now transfer to elected mayors, we look forward to working with the Mayoral Strategic Authorities and future Policing and Crime Boards from 2028 onwards.

“That transition must deliver a stronger national focus on rural crime, and we will continue to press for a national cross-departmental taskforce to make sure rural communities are properly protected.”

The decision to abolish the PCCs is part of a 'major series of reforms' the government said, adding that its upcoming 'Police Reform White Paper' will set out further powers to improve standards and restore local neighbourhood policing, including a new National Centre of Policing.

"We await the upcoming White Paper with interest,” Rachel added.

Rural theft cost the UK approximately £44.1 million in 2024, and a concerted effort is needed to ensure rural Britain is not left as the poor relation in the government’s commitment to tackle crime.

Credit: www.nfuonline.com

As Brake's annualRoad Safety Weekgets underway, the Farm Safety Foundation (Yellow Wellies) is urging farmers across the UK to make rural road safety a top priority this winter.

With tractors, ATVs and farm machinery frequently sharing country roads with other drivers, cyclists and pedestrians, the charity is reminding farmers of the role they can play in preventing serious accidents.

Recent analysis by rural insurer NFU Mutual, based on Department for Transport figures, revealed that there were 70% more deaths on Britain's rural roads in 2023 compared with urban roads and that collisions in the countryside are four times more likely to result in a fatality.

Stephanie Berkeley, Manager of the Farm Safety Foundation, said: "This year's Road Safety Week theme,"Safe vehicles save lives,"could not be more applicable to the farming community. As the nights grow longer and the weather turns, it is important that we all take a moment to check that agricultural vehicles, trailers and towing equipment are in good working order.

Roadworthiness is not just a legal requirement – it is a matter of protecting lives."

Rural roads present unique challenges, from narrow lanes and blind bends to mud on the road and limited visibility. So, to help farmers stay safe this winter, the Farm Safety Foundation suggest five simple steps to help you drive safely on rural roads:

1. Prepare your vehicle

Check that lights, indicators, beacons and mirrors are clean and working properly. Make sure trailers are securely coupled, braked and safe to tow - resources like the Tilly Pass "Head to Tow" app can help farmers and operators carry out daily safety checks on trailers, ensuring they are roadworthy and compliant.

2. Secure your load and respect weight limits

Always ensure loads are properly secured and that you are following speed and weight restrictions. Remember that wider loads (over 2.55 metres) have reduced speed limits and any journeys with vehicles wider than 3.0 metres should be reported to the police before travel.

3. Check your tyres

Trailers and secondary equipment often don't receive the same level of care and attention as tractors and bigticket machines. Remember to check tyres on all vehicles and equipment before hitting the road. As a partner of TyreSafe, we would recommend the ACT rule: check your Air pressure, Condition and Tread at least once a month.

4. Slow down and stay alert

Country roads can be unpredictable. Drive at a speed that allows you to stop safely within your line of sight, especially when operating large or heavily loaded vehicles.

5. Plan your route

Try to avoid busy times such as school drop-off or pickup hours, particularly if your journey takes you through small villages or along narrow lanes.

With the darker months ahead, a few simple checks and extra care can make a life-saving difference.

The first Farm Fires Report from NFU Mutual has revealed that fires continued to devastate rural communities across the UK, costing an estimated £102m in 2024.

Despite there being an 18% fall in the number of farm fire claims involving growing crops, building and farm equipment reported to NFU Mutual last year, the cost remained high. This has promoted calls for farmers to remain vigilant around the ongoing issue.

The leading causes of farm fires were electrical faults, arson and lightning strikes. Fire damage to agricultural vehicles also cost an estimated £37m. Last year's cool and wet summer, coupled with farmers holding onto vehicles for longer and moving away from purchasing new vehicles, resulting in a likely lower replacement value, may have contributed to the reduction of combine harvester costs, down 52% to an estimated £3.5m.

However, the previous two years saw the cost of combine harvester fires soar, at an estimated £11m and £7.4m respectively. It is vital that rural communities are not complacent, especially as each year, hundreds of combines, tractors, and balers are still lost to fire, along with thousands of acres of valuable crops.

Hannah Binns, NFU Mutual's Rural Affairs Specialist, said:"Back in 1910, seven farmers became frustrated at the losses caused by sparks from the nearby steampowered railway, which often set haystacks ablaze. This collective developed into NFU Mutual and more than a century on, fire remains a constant risk to UK farms, with dangerous and devasting farm fires becoming all too common.

"These fires not only endanger the lives of farmers, farm workers and their families, but can destroy months or years of hard work, with long lasting consequences for agricultural businesses, structurally and financially.

"Beyond the immediate damage, the emotional toll of a farm fire can be significant,

as individuals come to terms with the trauma and the added strain on an already demanding job.

"Farm fires can also cause disruption to local communities, damaging essential infrastructure such as power lines and overhead cables, and causing road closures that interrupt vital services."

NFU Mutual strongly recommends fitting fire suppression systems to high-risk kit, such as combine harvesters. These systems, commonplace in other industries like forestry, are highly effective at stopping small fires spreading and engulfing the entire machine. NFU Mutual offers an insurance discount to policyholders who have combines with the approved fire suppression kits installed.

Hannah added:"To minimise the risk of a farm blaze, it's vital that farmers develop a detailed fire plan, outlining how to evacuate safely, ensuring buildings are secure, managing livestock, and keeping machinery properly serviced and clean.

"Farm fires continue to put those who produce our food at risk, just as they did over 100 years ago. But together, we can protect our rural communities. We hope this report highlights the impact farm fires have on lives and livelihoods and sparks meaningful conversations about best practise and prevention."

Dave Swallow, National Fire Chiefs Council (NFCC) Wildfire Deputy Lead and Lead Tactical Advisor, said:"Farm fires and wildfires regularly require significant fire service resource, often for extended periods of time, and they put lives at risk.

"NFCC supports and welcomes the NFU Mutual's push for suppression systems to be fitted in farm machinery, reducing the risk of fires developing into large and more damaging incidents.

"Furthermore, we have worked with industry to produce guidance for farmers during the harvesting period, following an increase in potential risk of fires during this year's hot, dry summer."

NFU Mutual Risk Management Services (RMS) Farm Fire Prevention Advice:

Have a plan in place– Put people at the heart of your fire plan and ensure everyone on site knows what to do in the event of a fire. The biggest priority in the event of a fire is to evacuate everyone safely, including people working in or living around the premises, taking special care to assist any vulnerable people.

Maintain your electrics– Electrical faults are a major cause of farm fires and electric shocks can cause death or severe injury. Don't try and attempt electrical work yourself and always use a qualified and competent electrician for work and inspections. DIY modifications, poor environmental conditions (such as wet, damp or acidic atmospheres), rodents, overloaded sockets and simple wear and tear are common causes of electrical fires on farms.

Suppress the risk– Suppression systems play a critical role in detecting, containing and extinguishing fire. Whether you have a biomass boiler or a combine harvester, when working in hot, dry conditions, fire suppression systems can save lives and property. It may also be worth placing water bowsers in fields on hot days.

Keep on top of your housekeeping– Good housekeeping is essential to ensure materials and machinery are stored correctly and helps to eliminate dust and debris. Cleaning dust and chaff off machines helps heat dissipate from hot parts of machinery. The build-up of waste and materials not only adds to the fuel that can burn in a fire but can block escape routes and cause trip hazards in an emergency.

Control hot work– Welding, cutting or grinding equipment, along with blowlamps and blow torches, produce sparks which can turn into fires if they hit combustible material. If work can't be done outside, ensure you are in a clear, open area and far away from combustible materials (including combustible building structures). Anyone carrying out hot works on your farm should be subject to a strict 'Permit to Work' system.

If a fire breaks out:

• Call the Fire and Rescue Service immediately

• Make sure everyone is made aware of the fire and evacuate people to a safe location as per your emergency plan

• Only attempt to fight the fire if it is safe to do so and use the correct and maintained extinguishers

• Prepare to evacuate livestock, but only if safe to do so, if the fire spreads

• Prepare to use farm machinery to assist the Fire and Rescue Service, but only on their instruction

• Ensure you can direct emergency services to the exact location of the fire e.g. download the 'what3words' app which pinpoints specific 3m x 3m locations. Send someone to meet and direct the Fire and Rescue Service to the fire

• Ensure the farm entrance is clearly signed and access kept clear to allow Fire and Rescue Service access

In a letter sent to Defra Secretary Emma Reynolds, the House of Lords’ Environment and Climate Change Committee warned that waste crime, which costs the English economy around £1 billion every year, is being 'drastically under-prioritised', and calls for the government to urgently review its current approach to tackling it.

Theletterfollows a short inquiry focused on serious and organised waste crime which saw the Committee set out a number ofkey recommendations, with an independent review topping its list.

The NFU sits on the Board of the National Rural Crime Unit and fed into the NRCN’s (National Rural Crime Network) evidence session as part of the inquiry.

The previous government conducted a review in 2018 which highlighted these issues, however, little has been done to make any progress.

The NFU has welcomed the news, having long raised concerns about the serious impact of fly-tipping and illegal waste dumping on farms and rural communities.

The inquiry's findings reinforce what we have been saying for years – that organised criminals are operating in rural areas, targeting vulnerable farming families and their businesses.

“It’s vital that government works with farmers and growers to ensure effective deterrents are in place and deliver a consistent and properly resourced approach to tackling flytipping.”

NFU Vice-president Rachel Hallos

Single reporting system

Peers have recommended that the government establishes a single telephone number and online reporting tool for the public to report waste crime.

“We have been emphasising for many years the real difference a single reporting system would make in

reducing the burden on victims, and it’s good to see the House of Lords agree its importance,” NFU Vice-president Rachel Hallos said in response.

Currently, farmers and land managers who discover fly-tipping often have to report it to several different authorities. This process can be time-consuming, confusing and frustrating.The NFU wants to see one clear reporting system where victims can log an incident just once, know that the right authority has been informed, and receive updates on what action is being taken.

Independent review

The Committee has said that the response to how waste crime is dealt with must be subject to an independent, comprehensive review. This

review should be conducted separately from Defra, the Environment Agency and HMRC, and should be completed and responded to by the government by May 2027 at the latest.

The NFU supports a national review of how waste crime is managed, particularly where responsibilities are split between different agencies.

Improving local collaboration

The Committee has also called for the Joint Unit for Waste Crime to improve collaboration between bodies responsible for tackling waste crime at the local level, particularly local government and policing. This includes improving how reports are handled and how intelligence is shared.

“While some areas see good collaboration

between police, local authorities, landowners, the Environment Agency and the criminal justice system, we need that joined-up approach on prevention, clean-up and prosecution everywhere," Rachel Hallos added.

Prevention

The NFU is also calling on government to help develop further guidance to ensure those with prosecution powers are able to deliver effective punishments to deter criminals dumping waste illegally.

This includes raising awareness of offences which affect rural communities and working with those bringing cases to court to ensure they make full use of the range of sentencing powers available and meet the requirements of the Environmental Offences Definitive Guidelines to ensure cases are successful.

“It’s vital that government works with farmers and growers to ensure effective deterrents are in place and delivers a consistent and properly resourced approach to tackling flytipping – one that supports victims rather than penalising them,” Rachel said.

Chair of the Committee, Baroness Sheehan said the inquiry found that more than 38 million tonnes of waste is being illegal dumped each year, mainly by established organised crime groups.

She said: “Despite the scale and seriousness of the crimes, raised by the members of the public in many cases, we have found multiple failings by the Environment Agency and other agencies from slow responses to repeated public reports (as in the case of Hoad’s Wood, Kent) through to a woeful lack of successful convictions.

“The government and other agencies must act now on our recommendations, including starting an independent review. There is no time to waste.”

Credit: NFU www.nfuonline.com

Revolutionary four-way milking technology

The GEA IQ's revolutionary four-way technology ensures that you always have maximum milk quality, quantity and udder health. Using it is incomparably easy! Easier attaching, milking and maintenance.

The new milk guide piece has been designed following the natural structure of a cows udder. It is subdivided into four guide chambers. The milk flows directly and quarter individual to the outlet. Thanks to the incline in the respective cluster chamber this process is faster and much more gentle.

Features & Benefits

Maximum milk quality - smarter vacuum control significantly reduces milk contamination. Vacuum is greatly reduced when the liner is not attached, which means less manure and other soil/debris is sucked into the milk line. You won't believe how clean your milk filters are with the IQ Milking Unit.

Improved udder health - with four separate guide chambers there is no threat of teat-to-teat cross contamination of mastitis-causing bacteria. Unlike conventional milking units, the new IQ unit is subdivided into four quarters, and milk from each quarter is kept separate.

Holds on any shaped udder - the short milk tubes

are longer which allows proper placement on virtually any udder shape. The unit weight is ideally distributed 80% on the teat and 20% in the claw. Plus, better unit alignment means fewer unit slips and squawks.

Easy maintenance - unique and patented liner connection makes liner changes quick and easy. Shells, liners, and air dividers can be pre-assembled to allow liner changes in minutes instead of hours.

Faster milk-out times - improved vacuum stability increases flow rates and the sharper angle of the

milk chamber speeds flow to the milk line.

Quieter operation - the automatic vacuum shifting system makes for virtually noise-free milking - even during attachment or during a kickoff.

More reliable performance - the slim profile of this unit is harder for cows to kick-off.

Components for IQ Milking Cluster

For the milkers of today and tomorrow: The GEA IQLiner is unique in that it is fitted individually

onto the IQ cluster! Take advantage of the optimum adhesion and flexibility on the udder! The well thought-out benefits of our IQLiner ensure animal-friendly milking together with the best possible teat conditions and the well proven rubber and silicone material works as reliably as ever.

GEA and local GEA Dealers are offering a special offer on the IQ Milking Cluster this Autumn until 31st October 2025. Benefits from four-way technology to ensure you always have maximum milk quality, quantity and udder health by contacting GEA today for the special offer price. Contact your local GEA Dealer or visit www.gea.com for further information.

Telehandler-Mounted Telehawk T2 Delivers

Consistent Bedding and Major Straw Savings

James Martin from Stonehall Farm (Balcombe Estate), Sussex purchased the Telehawk T2 (now known as the 6200H) following a successful demo. James comments on why he opted for the telehandler mounted processor: “Originally, we were bedding our 160 suckler cows by hand - rolling the bales out. This was very time consuming, and we knew we needed to look for an alternative. Our local dealer suggested the Teagle Telehawk T2 and we trialled it on our farm. We tested it on a barn which would normally take 4 bales to bed down, but after 2 it was virtually covered. It showed us very quickly that we would be making a good saving on straw. We agreed there and then that the Telehawk T2 would stay.”

“We can drive straight into a yard spreading then using the 280º swivel chute, we can reverse out spreading the other side.” James continues by highlighting the benefits to the muck quality: “We’ve noticed a big difference in the muck coming out of the yards. Previously the muck was very

inconsistent, with some yards drier and some wetter. As the Telehawk teases the bales apart rather than chopping them, it produces a more absorbent bed, the yards don’t poach up so quickly and this results in more consistent manure.”

“The Wifi controls are brilliant, we leave them in the telehandler cab all winter and it’s so easy to connect when you need them - one less thing to plug in and out. The folding tailgate is a great feature, we use a combination of rectangular bales and 5ft round bales, and the machine handles both of these without any problem. Last year we had some particularly challenging bales, but the Telehawks load sensing mode stops the machine from jamming up and by tilting the tailgate back it delivers a good flow of straw

“For us the saving in straw has been so surprising, we now use 45 bales a week, opposed to 65 previously. I would definitely recommend people give this machine a look and a test. We had one on demo and it never left the farm.”

TOMAHAWK

The UK’s market leading bale processor range.

Models to suit every farm:

Up to 30% straw saved | As reported by users of our TOMAHAWK bale processors.

Consistently even chop | Proven to reduce waste, improve TMR and boost yield.

Improved cow health and happiness | Uniformly chopped straw in TMR supports rumen activity, fertility, and butterfat production.

Biomass pre-processing | Reliable, efficient performance for biofuel applications.

Value for money | Proven to reduce waste, improve TMR and boost yield.

2 year warranty* | Comes standard with all Teagle manufactured products.

CowToilet Launch in UK Could Cut Farm Ammonia Emissions by a Third

Agroundbreaking new technology, the CowToilet, is set to make its UK debut at Lamma 2026, offering dairy farmers a practical way to reduce ammonia emissions by up to a third, improve nutrient use, and enhance sustainability on-farm.

Developed by Dutch agri-tech company Hanskamp, the CowToilet offers a unique solution for reducing on-farm emissions by separating cow urine and faeces, which, when combined, produce ammonia.

Using the simple fact that cows never urinate and defecate at the same time, the CowToilet collects urine directly from under the cow’s tail before it mixes with solid manure.

The CowToilet integrates seamlessly into a free-access out-of-parlour feeding station which can be installed in most cattle sheds. As a cow enters to eat, the CowToilet gently rubs against the suspensory ligament of the udder, triggering a natural nerve reflex that encourages urination. The urine is then collected in a sealed receptacle, removed by suction, and stored in an airtight tank.

Research by Wageningen Livestock Research shows that keeping urine and manure separate can reduce ammonia emissions by up to 38%, total nitrogen by 33%, and nitrous oxide by 18% compared with conventional housing systems

“Ammonia is one of the biggest

environmental challenges facing the livestock sector,” explains Hanskamp founder Henk Hanskamp. “We wanted to create a system that works with nature, not against it – improving animal welfare and helping farmers meet environmental targets without adding to their workload. The CowToilet achieves this in a simple, natural, and effective way.”

In addition to reducing emissions, the CowToilet transforms waste into a resource. Nitrogen-rich urine can be reused as a natural fertiliser or even sold, while the remaining solid manure retains phosphate and organic matter for soil health. This separation allows farmers to apply nutrients more precisely, improving crop performance and reducing reliance on artificial fertilisers.

Separating cow faeces and urine also keeps housing cleaner and improves air quality, contributing to improved animal health and hygiene.

Developed in close collaboration with Dutch livestock farmers, engineers, and researchers – including Wageningen University’s Paul Galama – the CowToilet is already successfully operating on over 35 dairy farms in the Netherlands, delivering strong results and positive farmer feedback.

Each CowToilet unit is designed to serve 25 cows, and costs approximately £28,000 per unit (excluding installation).

“This technology is about more than compliance,” adds Mr Hanskamp. “It’s about giving farmers tools that make sense – improving the environment, animal health, and profitability. The CowToilet shows that innovation and sustainability can go hand in hand.”

To see the CowToilet in action, visit: https://hanskamp.com/en/solutions/ cowtoilet/

Watch the demo video: https://www. youtube.com/watch?v=c7duvrYtEmk

Mid-Ulster Dairy Services

21a Donaghrisk Road, Tullyhogue Cookstown, County Tyrone, BT80 8UU

Tel: 028 8676 5098

www.midulsterdairyservices.co.uk

FarmWater improves cow health while reducing water costs

Somerset dairy farm is seeing significant improvements in animal health and productivity after taking steps to tackle a water quality issue.

Mary Cook of Smokey Farm, Taunton had a contaminated borehole, which meant she was relying on a mains system to supply around 38,000 litres of water a day to her 280 Holstein Friesians, which was proving expensive.

“We initially noticed that there may be a problem with the borehole water when the calves began scouring,” Mary explains. “It was found to be contaminated, so we switched to the mains supply, which was costly, but we needed to address the issue.”

Given there were no other changes to the farm’s infrastructure or management of the herd during this time, these changes were as a direct consequence of using clean water on the farm. Since then, the situation has continued to improve, with further reductions in clinical mastitis rate, bactoscan and bulk somatic cell counts.

“Since installing the system, we have seen an overall improvement in the cows’ health and, in turn, milk yields,” she says. “Improved water quality is also noticeable in the troughs, as once they have been cleaned out there is no algae build-up - we used to have a lot of algal blooms - but that is not happening now.”

Testing showed that the borehole water had a high level of bacterial load including major mastitis pathogens, so could not even be used in the parlour during milking or for plant washing.

Working with the vet-led FarmWater team, she installed the firm’s chlorine dioxide treatment system 18 months ago. In the first 12 months of using it,there was a37% reduction in mastitis in the herd,an 81% decline inbactoscansand a 28% decreasein somatic cell counts.

The fully managed non-toxic water treatment, which is already provenwithin the poultry sector, kills any pathogens in the incoming water fed to the farm and provides clean water all the way through the water infrastructure, including pipes, tanks and troughs.

It comprises a generator which creates chlorine dioxide in-situ, which will break down any organic matter including bacteria, viruses, protozoa and biofilms in the water and pipework. This makes the water safer and more palatable for the cattle and reduces labour for staff, as they don’t have to clean the troughs as often. Once the water has been cleaned, any remaining chemicals break down into completely non-toxic constituents.

FarmWater’s field team, backed up by vet support, continually monitor the system and can remotely assess the generator to make sure it is functioning correctly. “It is very easy to operate,” Mary adds. “All we have to do is top up the chemical; it is automatically serviced and very simple to use.”

The payback period is under 2.5 years, with a possible £6,000-£7,000/year increase in profits, thereafter, based on clinical mastitis reduction alone, not including the saving in mains water costs, other health benefits or efficiencies.

“While the bactoscan and somatic cell count levels were both in the top band, these reductions give more leeway on the farm to avoid any penalties on milk price,” says FarmWater vet Phil Elkins. “It is well understood that a reduction in cell count is associated with an increase in milk production, which is great news for the herd.

“It just goes to show how important water quality is to livestock health and productivity, and the difference that can be seen by taking steps to improve it.”

James Holding Dairy Engineering

Unit 18, The Gardens, Malton Road, York, YO32 9TN

Office Tel: 01904 400449 James: 07807704884 info@jamesholdingengineering.com

MMT Services Ltd

Lukers Farm, Grittenham Wiltshire, SN15 4JR

Office Tel: 01666 511100 Mobile: 07717 781103 www.mmtservicesltd.co.uk

Mcknight Dairy Services Ltd

Glenmaquin, Letterkenny, Co. Donegal, Ireland, Eir F92 X8C1 Tel: +353 8764 81124 www.mcknightdairyservices.com

Fernshire

Ltd

Chapmans Farm Pristling Lane, Staplehurst, TN12 0HH

Tel: www.neguschaseltd.co.uk

Cookstown

Dairy Services

Cookstown, Ardee, Co. Louth, A92 K202

Tel: www.cookstowndairyservices.com

G&A Wallace Engineers Ltd

Unit 17, Stainton Grove industrial estate, Barnard Castle, DL12 8UJ

Office Tel: 01833 625361 Mobile: 07828532868 www.gawengineers.com

Mid-Ulster Dairy Services

21a Donaghrisk Road, Tullyhogue, Cookstown, County Tyrone, BT80 8UU

Tel: 028 8676 5098 www.midulsterdairyservices.co.uk

Frank McDermott Milking Machines

Why Now Is the Smart Time to Invest in Bale Unrollers - Despite Record-High Cattle Prices

The cattle trade is at an all-time high, and for many beef, suckler, and dairy operators, 2025 is shaping up to be a make-or-break year. While livestock prices remain strong, everything around feeding has increased - silage costs, diesel, labour, machinery upkeep, and time pressure.

According to Blaney Agri founder and chief engineer Sean Blaney, today’s pricing landscape is “not sustainable long-term”, and decisions made this year will influence farm profitability for the decade ahead.

Yet within this challenge lies an opportunity: There has never been a better time to invest in machinery that is tax-deductible, saves labour, and delivers long-term value.

A Rare Window of Opportunity

Sean explains:

“If you can’t make money out of cattle at these prices, you’ll never make it. The challenge now is the tax problem. Farmers are paying dear, and what they buy today needs to deliver value for years to come.”

This is exactly where bale unrollers, particularly the Blaney Forager X10 and X6, are proving indispensable.

• Tax-deductible investment at a profitable time

• Reliable, low-maintenance feeding

• Massive labour savings every single day

• Reduced physical strain

For many farmers, the right bale unroller is not a luxury, it is the key to protecting their time, their body, and their margins.

Cost per Bale = Proven Long-Term Value

Based on typical use (800 bales per season over 15 years), Blaney bale unrollers deliver remarkably low lifetime costs:

• X6: approx. 45p per bale (~50c)

• Forager X10: approx. 51p per bale (~58c)

Figures exclude carriage. Farmers feeding around 800 bales per season generally choose the Forager for maximum capability and versatility.

These numbers strongly reinforce what many farmers already know:

Blaney unrollers aren’t a yearly expense they’re a long-term asset.

Life-Changing Benefits for Farmers

Feeding bales by hand or with older equipment is punishing on joints, time, and labour. Sean sees this daily:

“The men who really feel the benefit are 50 and over. Feeding bales the old way kills your joints and drains your time. A good unroller gives you your body back and hours every week.”

Farmers agree. As John Hereford from Co. Kerry shared:

“I feed about 750 bales per year. It used to take me 2–2½ hours. With the Forager it takes 20–30 minutes. It’s transformed my winter.”

Built to Last Decades Not Seasons

Blaney’s commitment to longevity is unmatched:

• Many Blaney unrollers are still working after 20 years

• Thousands sold across the UK and Ireland

• Almost no second-hand market as people keep them

• Excellent resale values

Sean calls them ‘’one of the best products we make” and decades of use on farms prove it.

Why Blaney Leads the Market

Forager X10

The bale unroller farmers trust when they need something that will handle any bale - wet, misshapen, tight, heavy or difficult. With heavyduty construction, anti-wrap engineering and the ability to feed out both sides, the Forager has become synonymous with efficient bale feeding across beef, suckler, and dairy farms.

X6

High-spec performance at an accessible price. Designed for farmers who want fast, reliable feeding in good bale conditions without compromising on build quality, motor strength, or durability.

Why This Matters in 2025

In a year where margins are under pressure, labour is scarce, and physical toll is rising, investing in equipment that:

• cuts waste

• saves hours each week

• reduces physical strain

• lasts for decades

• supports tax planning

• is not only sensible it’s strategic. Blaney bale unrollers do all of this, and more.

Pearson Milking TechnologyThe Smart Dairy Choice

Established in 1948,Pearson Milking Technologyis a third-generation Irish engineering company with over 76 years of experience designing and manufacturingmilking parlours and dairy automation systems. From its headquarters inAthy, Co. Kildare, Pearson suppliesherringbone, double-up, rotary, and rapidexit parloursto dairy farms in over20 countries worldwide.

At the heart of every Pearson system is a commitment toengineering excellence, cow comfort, and milking efficiency. The company combines decades of craftsmanship with the

latestsmart technology and data-driven innovationto help farmers improve herd performance, reduce labour, and enhance overall dairy efficiency.

Through continuous product development and close collaboration with farmers, Pearson ensures that each system is tailored to meet the demands of modern dairy farming — balancing technology with reliability in every design.

Built on heritage, powered by innovation, and trusted by farmers globally, Pearson remainsthe farmer’s partner of choice — and The Smart Dairy Choice.

Meating Our Potential': QMS Launches New Roadmap to Grow Scotland's Red Meat Sector Sustainably

Quality Meat Scotland (QMS), in collaboration with the Scottish Red Meat Resilience Group (SRMRG), has today launched a newMeating Our Potentialtoolkit– a practical, action-focused resource designed to help Scotland's red meat producers with business planning, to improve productivity, increase profitability and unlock long-term, sustainable growth.

Available via an accessible online dedicated webpage, the toolkit will provide tailored guidance, technical tools and real-world case studies to help producers across the supply chain take confident steps forward. Grounded in robust economic evidence and sector insight, the roadmap is designed to support businesses in identifying opportunities, tracking progress, and making impactful decisions.

The full rollout will introduce all three interlinked themes: Productivity, Profitability and Growth –each offering focused support at different stages of business development.

During the initial rollout at Beeftech, the Meating Our Potential (MOP) toolkit helped producers take steps to improve business efficiency and planning, with early results showing clear impact. Even modest increases of a few cows per herd per year across Scotland could deliver £281 million in additional output and £76 million in Gross Value Added (GVA).

The first phase campaign so far has achieved significant awareness-raising and public engagement, reaching more than three million people, 100k podcast listeners, and 153k+ social media users through shares and positive comments. Industry and politicalengagement included 30 signatories to the Meating Our pledge.

The first theme, Productivity, supports farmers and processors in building a strong foundation for their business. It centres on developing a deeper understanding of current performance, using key performance indicators to benchmark success, and managing cost of production effectively. With clear metrics and practical tools, this theme helps businesses take stock of where they are and where improvements can be made.

Profitability builds on this by helping producers think beyond output and focus on margin. It encourages smarter use of the supply chain, more strategic marketing, and optimising processes rather than simply maximising scale. The emphasis is on long-term resilience and financial health –giving businesses the knowledge and confidence

to manage for profit.

The final theme, Growth, looks further ahead. It supports herd and business expansion through innovation, collaboration and adding value. The focus here is on sustainable development – scaling up in a way that is commercially viable, environmentally responsible, and aligned with market demand.

Kate Rowell, Chair of QMS, said: "This roadmap is about action. It gives producers a clear, practical way to take the manageable steps forward in their business journey. We know there's growing global demand for Scotch Beef, Scotch Lamb and Specially Selected Pork; if individual herds in Scotland had just a couple more cows per year over the next three to four years, we could reap significant economic gains which combined is an additional £281 million in output and £76 million in Gross Value Added (GVA).This initiative helps ensure Scotland's supply chain is equipped meet that demand – efficiently, profitably and sustainably."

The roadmap builds on the momentum created earlier this year atBeeftech, where the dedicated toolkit for Meating our Potential went live. Since then, the resources have been expanded to support the wider red meat sector, including lamb and pork. Each section includes downloadable guides, producer stories and straightforward advice designed to support change on the ground.

Bruce McConachie, Head of Industry Development at QMS, added: "We've worked closely with producers and stakeholders to make this roadmap practical and focused. From performance tracking and cost of production to supply chain planning and business growth, it's designed to support informed decision-making at every level."

Kate continued: "Productivity gains are essential –but they're only part of the solution. A modest, consistent uplift in herd numbers, combined with smarter strategies and stronger business foundations, gives us a real opportunity. This roadmap helps producers take those first steps with clarity and confidence, supported by case studies and the latest evidence.

"We believe in the potential of Scotland's red meat industry – and we're putting the right tools in producers' hands to realise it. Now is the time to act. Together, we can grow our national herd, reduce import reliance, and secure a strong, sustainable future for our sector."

Further details can be found at- https://qmscotland. co.uk/meating-our-potential

QMS Launches 2025 Survey for Cattle & Sheep Assurance Scheme Members

uality Meat Scotland (QMS) is inviting all Cattle & Sheep Assurance Scheme members to take part in its annual survey, designed to understand why members join and remain in the assurance schemes and how QMS can better support them.

The survey is short, taking approximately 5–6 minutes to complete, and responses are completely anonymous. The 2025 survey builds on last year's research which had an excellent number of responses from members, allowing QMS to measure changes year on year by looking at what we are doing right and to identify areas for development within the schemes.

Members who enter their membership number at the end of the survey will be eligible for a prize draw to win a £100 voucher to use with a local Scotch Butchers Club member.

Kathryn Kerr, Head of Brands Integrity at QMS, said: "Acquiring feedback directly from our members on a regular basis is invaluable. Your input helps us understand what works well, what could be improved, and how to ensure the assurance schemes deliver real value for your business. By taking part, you're helping us shape the future of the Cattle & Sheep Assurance Scheme."

The survey is open from Friday 21 November until 5:00 p.m. on Friday 5 December 2025. Members can access the survey here:https://www. surveymonkey.com/r/MKX59K8

For more information about the survey or the QMS Cattle & Sheep Assurance Scheme, visit the QMS website or contact brandsintegrity@qmscotland. co.uk

Attleborough Baconsthorpe Farm, Ellingham Road

Norfolk, NR17 1YQ

Frome

Tytherington, Somerset, BA11 5BS

Capitol Sales: Steve Taylor - 07824 512511 01373 465941

Sales: Gary Grant - 01373 468722 / 07860 590701

Dairy Manager: Nigel Ellis - 01373 468707 / 07860 247367

Huntley

Marston Park , Bulls Quarries Road Ross Road, Gloucestershire, GL19 3EX 01452 830303

Sales: Chris Newey (VMS specialist) - 01452 830303 / 07880 798475

'Test Don't Guess'. A too early treatment will not provide any protection for livestock warn SCOPS and COWS

Arecent review of reports from laboratories and field experiences by experts from the Sustainable Control of Parasites in Sheep (SCOPS) and theControl of Worms Sustainably(COWS) groups supports earlier forecasts that the liver fluke season will be late again in 2025/6. This underlines the importance of testing when deciding if farmers need to treat livestock, and when.

"This follows patterns of the last few years, with a lower and later liver fluke challenge than expected in many parts of the country,"says Philip Skuce of Moredun. "Even in areas in the west of Scotland, where we traditionally expect a very high challenge in the autumn, we are still not seeing any significant signs of liver fluke in the first half ofNovember."

"The bottom line is farmers who are sticking with traditional treatment windows in the autumn, for example ewes around tupping, are often giving treatments too early, leaving livestock susceptible to disease,"says Rebecca Mearns of APHA."There is no such thing as an insurance policy when it comes to liver fluke treatment. Flukicides have no residual effect (persistency), so if livestock are put back on to 'flukey' areas after treatment, they are as just as susceptible to picking up infection as untreated stock. That's why it is so important to use diagnostic tests,"Rebecca adds.

Testing is key to deciding whether to treat and when. The earliest line of attack are tests that identify antibodies on blood (either an ELISA test from a blood sample or Lateral Flow Test (LFT) on

ear or nose pricks). These tests can detect antibodies very soon after infection. However, they are only suitable for use in this year's (first) season grazing animals (lambs or calves), because older animals are likely to have had previous exposure to fluke and antibodies can be detected for a long time. In practice these animals are used as 'sentinels' to identify if liver fluke is present in different management groups and/or parts of the farm. Repeated testing every three to fourweeks is essential until there is either a positive result, indicating the need to treat and/or the faecal testing methods* become valid as the liver fluke mature within the animals.

Farmers are urged to discuss testing with their vet or animal health adviser before they give any routine flukicide treatments this autumn. For more information go to:

www.scops-podcast.simplecast.com/episodes/ when-should-you-suspect-a-wormer-hasnt-beenfully-effective-what-should-you-do-and-how-canyou-check-Vfj_c18L

www.scops.org.uk/internal-parasites/liver-fluke/ www.scops.org.uk/podcasts-resources/ www.cattleparasites.org.uk

*The faecal testing methods, coproantigen and fluke egg detection, can only detect infection from around 8 weeks and 10 weeks, respectively, postinfection. We would recommend these tests are used later in the autumn and over winter.

Why winter rations need rumen-protected fats to boost energy balance and cow performance

Feeding rumen-protected fats through the winter provides a concentrated, rumen-safe energy source that supports milk production, body condition, fertility and milk composition when bulky silage rations can limit energy intake.

As dairy producers transition into winter feeding, rumen-protected fats are essential to maintain energy balance in rations without risking acidosis issues from excessive amounts of cereals.

“With grass and maize silages forming the base of most diets, achieving the energy density required to sustain milk production and fertility can be difficult,” explains Dr Richard Kirkland, Global Technical Manager for Volac Wilmar Feed Ingredients.

Research shows that dairy cows require 15–20% of their total metabolisable energy (ME) from fat. For high-yielding cows, this is typically around 6% of the ration's dry matter (DM). While forages and concentrates provide some of this, supplementation with rumen-protected fats allows producers to reach optimal levels safely, without compromising rumen health.

protected fat supplement that won’t disrupt rumen function while providing a dense, rumen-safe energy source,” says Dr Kirkland.

Using rumen-protected fats strategically

Along with delivering energy density to winter rations while supporting rumen function, the fattyacid profile of a supplement determines how it affects performance and how nutrients are partitioned within the cow. This allows farmers to further support areas of cow performance based on lactation cycle stages and individual milk contract premiums.

“In early lactation, cows are at peak energy demand and in negative energy balance (‘milking off their backs’). The calcium salt supplements like Megalac are rich in the C18:1 (oleic) fatty acid, which supports body condition, improves fat digestibility and enhances fertility,” explains Dr Kirkland. “Each unit loss in condition can reduce conception rates by about 10%. Feeding rumen-protected C18:1 helps to minimise that loss and supports egg and embryo development.”

According to Dr Kirkland, rumen-protected fat supplements are the ideal vehicle to deliver this energy supply while avoiding disruption of rumen function. Carrying 2.5-times the energy density of cereals, the Megalac product delivers around 33 megajoules (MJ) of ME per kilogram of DM.

Unlike starch or sugar, rumen-protected fats do not ferment in the rumen. They pass intact to the small intestine, where they are digested and absorbed as fatty acids. This makes them a particularly safe and stable source of energy in winter diets since they don’t lower rumen pH or disrupt fibre digestion.

Silages can vary widely in energy content depending on cutting date, regrowth interval and fermentation quality. Multi-cut systems, usually higher in sugars, tend to produce more rapidly fermentable forages that pass through the rumen quickly. If not balanced correctly, this increases the risk of acidosis and milk fat depression.

“While high-fibre ingredients like straw can slow digestion, they also fill the rumen with low-quality bulk. Avoid overloading the diet with cereals to make up for the energy deficit because that will raise rumen acidity. Instead, choose a rumen-

As cows pass peak yield and return to positive energy balance in mid-to-late lactation, supplements higher in the C16:0 (palmitic) fatty acid promote milk and milk fat production by inducing insulin resistance. Higher inclusion rates of the C16:0 fatty acid should be avoided in early lactation, as this fatty acid can promote increased milk production at the expense of body fat and condition.

Boosting energy supply and cow performance in winter rations

While supporting energy supply and cow performance can be a challenge in winter rations with varying silage quality, high cereals and increased metabolic stress, rumen-protected fat supplements will help dairy farmers overcome this.

“Delivering adequate energy to support milk production will always be a challenge with modern high-yielding cows. Fat is an essential and unique energy source – without it, cows risk losing excessive body condition, health issues, and fertility declines,” concludes Dr Kirkland. “But it is also more than just an energy boost. Rumenprotected fats are a targeted tool that allows farmers to have more control over milk composition and cow body condition for the best return on every litre produced.”

M²ERLIN

Churchill Dairy & Parlour Services

Goddards Farm, Sturminster Newton, DT10 2AZ

Tel: 07885371731

office@churchillsdairyandparlour.co.uk

The smart choice for robotic milking

MMT Services Ltd

Lukers Farm, Grittenham Wiltshire, SN15 4JR

FULLWOODJOZ.COM

Office Tel: 01666 511100 Mobile: 07717 781103 www.mmtservicesltd.co.uk

Fernshire Ltd

Chapmans Farm Pristling Lane, Staplehurst, TN12 0HH

Tel: 01580 891199 www.neguschaseltd.co.uk

James Holding Dairy Engineering

Unit 18, The Gardens, Malton Road, York, YO32 9TN

Office Tel: 01904 400449 James: 07807704884 info@jamesholdingengineering.com

Frank McDermott Milking Machines

Latteriff,Shercock, Co. Cavan, 081 VH99

Tel: +353 872 590989

G&A Wallace Engineers Ltd

Unit 17, Stainton Grove industrial estate, Barnard Castle, DL12 8UJ

Office Tel: 01833 625361 Mobile: 07828532868 www.gawengineers.com

The LAA welcomes easing of Bluetongue restrictions across England and Wales

The Livestock Auctioneers’ Association (LAA) has welcomed the announcement that England and Wales will now operate as a single Bluetongue BTV-3 Restricted Zone (RZ) from 10 November, easing cross-border trading for farmers and auction markets after months of disruption.

While the industry remains cautious, with hopes that no further Bluetongue variants develop significantly in spring 2026, the LAA recognises this as a positive step towards restoring confidence and normal trading activity across the regions.

Speaking after the LAA AGM, attended by over 30 members, there was clear recognition of the significant impact of Bluetongue and the movement restrictions on the industry, alongside a shared call for improved contingency planning going forward.

thousands of pounds have been lost across the industry, and it’s been a devastating autumn for markets, auctioneers and farmers alike. Now we need to focus on recovery, rebuilding trade and confidence, and ensuring we never face such hard borders again.”

Charlotte Baxter of Thame Mart said the Shearwell Thame Summer Sheep Fair was significantly affected by the restrictions.

Matthew Nicholls, director of Sunderlands Marts and Wales LAA vice chair, said: “We welcome these changes, but the impact of the restricted movements has been colossal. We’re around 15,000 sheep down because of Bluetongue, that’s thousands fewer breeding ewes and significant losses in throughput.” Matthew manages Marts on both sides of the English/Welsh border, including Hereford, Builth Wells and Talgarth.

“Farmers have sold direct from the farm and Welsh buyers haven’t been able to purchase from England, creating a two-tier trade. Prices in Builth Wells were up to £100 a head higher than in England simply because Welsh farmers were forced to buy from a smaller breeding pool,” explains Matthew.

“The cost to our business runs into hundreds of thousands of pounds. We’ve had to double our workforce to run two sales on the same day - one in England and one in Wales - splitting 9,000 sheep between Hereford and Builth instead of holding one sale under one roof. It’s been a logistical nightmare and mental strain for everyone involved.”

He added that while the industry welcomes the easing of restrictions, the timing has come too late for this year: “Scotland showed foresight by easing restrictions in September. While nobody wants Bluetongue, the negative economic impact has far outweighed any perceived risk. Hundreds of

“For the last 20 years, more than 3,000 of the breeding sheep sold have been bought by Welsh farmers, mainly into North Wales. This year, that number was zero. The Thame sale gives Welsh farmers the chance to secure early breeding stock, and without that, we could see a shortage of lambs next spring. Farmers in Wales also had to pay considerably more for stock as they couldn’t buy from their usual English outlets. As a market, we now face a major rebuilding process to encourage those buyers back in the years ahead.”

Ted Ogden, auctioneer at Skipton, also highlighted the wider cross-border impact: “We regularly sell sheep to Welsh farmers because of the grazing opportunities there, and many Welsh farmers come to England to buy. This year, those movements stopped. It’s had a huge effect on northern trade, and sheep that would normally move south into Wales for finishing simply couldn’t. That’s not just bad for farmers, but for the entire network of northern marts.”

The LAA confirmed that it continues to work closely with the Scottish Government to ensure restrictions between England and Scotland remain manageable. Trading with Scotland remains relatively straightforward at this time of the year, but conditions could change in spring, potentially increasing virus risk.

The Association has stressed the importance of a coordinated UK-wide approach to disease control and communication, ensuring that farmers and markets are not left to shoulder the burden of fragmented decision-making.

“We must learn from this,” LAA Executive Secretary Chris Dodds said. “The economic and emotional toll has been immense. The easing of restrictions is a welcome relief - but we now need consistent, collaborative policy to protect both animal health and the livelihoods of farming communities.”

Call for Improved Biosecurity as Swine Dysentery Cases Rise on UK Pig Farms

Acall is being made for tighter biosecurity on UK pig farms as government data shows cases of swine dysentery continuing to rise.

The latest figures from the GB Pig Surveillance Dashboard, run by the Animal and Plant Health Agency (APHA) and SRUC, reveal that confirmed cases of swine dysentery caused by Brachyspira hyodysenteriae have increased from just eight in 2021 to 54 in 2024 — with numbers rising year-on-year.

The Significant Diseases Charter, run by AHDB, has also reported 12 cases of swine dysentery in seven counties up to 11 September this year, including one in Scotland.

Swine dysentery is an infectious bacterial disease that affects growers, finishers and younger breeding stock. It remains a major concern for the pig industry due to its welfare, production and financial impacts.

Biosecurity specialist Nigel Bennet from Roam Technology says the increase highlights a breakdown in biosecurity both within and between pig units — and urges farmers to take immediate action.

also obtained a 12-month licence for a BioCheck tool, used by vets to assess individual farm biosecurity and highlight areas for improvement.

Veterinary surgeon Dr Annie Davis from The George Vet Group says they have also seen an increase in mild or subclinical cases where clinical signs are less obvious.

“In less dramatic cases, you might just see loose stools, particularly in slatted systems,” she says.

“We all know that African Swine Fever is knocking at our door,” he says. “This data shows there are already biosecurity weaknesses that are allowing diseases like swine dysentery to spread. Every movement of people, vehicles or animals has the potential to bring new infections in or spread them around the site.”

AHDB recently relaunched its Muck Free Truck campaign to reinforce the importance of clean vehicles entering farms and to give producers confidence to turn away those that aren’t.

AHDB’s Lauren Turner agrees that the industry must work together to raise biosecurity standards.

“There’s still stigma around reporting swine dysentery — nobody wants to be ‘that one’ — but we need to tackle this as an industry. The earlier we can alert others, combined with good biosecurity, the better,” she says.

To help farmers identify weaknesses, AHDB has

“The only way to know what you’re dealing with is to test — and that’s what we’re encouraging all farmers to do.”

Prompt diagnosis is vital so that control measures can be implemented quickly to limit spread both within and between farms.

“Internal biosecurity is just as important as external,” adds Dr Davis. “Look closely at pig movements, shared equipment and medication protocols. Where disease pressure is too high, partial depopulation or repopulation may be the only effective option.”

“Good biosecurity isn’t just about stopping swine dysentery,” says Mr Bennet. “It’s about protecting the overall health, productivity and reputation of your farm. By keeping infectious diseases out — or stopping them spreading — producers can safeguard pig welfare, reduce antibiotic use and protect their bottom line.”

Roam Technology recommends producers focus on the following measures:

1. Strict visitor protocols

2. Vehicle controls

3. Clean water supply – Maintain water hygiene across all housing by treating with an effective disinfectant such as Huwa-San TR-50, which doesn’t affect taste or intake.

4. Clean–dirty area separation

5. All-in, all-out systems

6. Rodent and wildlife control

7. Quarantine new stock

- Routine monitoring and diagnostics

The modern calf feeder with individual calf feeding, whole milk system, intuitive control of

the graphic display and many other features

CalfExpert is a calf feeder that has been developed to meet the latest standards in calf feeding. State-of-the-art feeding technology ensures that the milk for the calves is always freshly mixed. It does not matter whether milk replacer or pasteurised whole milk is used. CalfExpert prepares the milk automatically and individually for each animal.

You, as farmer, remain completely flexible in your work schedule while calves are fed 24/7. The calf feeder takes your calf rearing management to a whole new

Intuitive operation via the graphic display and the link to the CalfGuide mobile app make it easier for you and your team to monitor your animals. All the information about your calves, status reports and alerts are at your fingertips in the app and directly on the calf feeder at all times.

Different feeding programmes form the basis of successful and performance-oriented calf rearing in automatic calf feeding. Labour savings and complete supervision included.

Individual animal feeding

Feed calves automatically.

Organise feed changes gently: milk mixed freshly and precisely matched to the calf. For healthy and productive calves.

Feeding a large number of calves with a fresh mix adapted to each individual calf is a major challenge. CalfExpert makes it child's play.

Always freshly mixed

The CalfExpert calf feeder mixes the milk fresh for each calf. Any residual milk is kept warm and flushed out of the system following longer drinking breaks. Other calf feeders work with a central milk supply. In milk stored this way at 40 °C, the bacterial count doubles every 20 minutes. In contrast, the CalfExpert guarantees maximum hygiene and feeding suitable for every individual animal.

Individual adaptation

A central milk supply has another major disadvantage: modern feeding programmes (e.g. metabolic programming) require a higher CMR concentration (e.g. 160 g/l) at the beginning of rearing to stimulate performance. However, a lower milk replacer powder concentration (130 g/l) is necessary in the weaning phase. This individual animal feeding can only be achieved if the mix is prepared individually for each calf,

QuickChange logic for greater performance

We have accelerated the mixing process and the change of calves in the CalfExpert, thereby optimising utilisation of the HygieneStations.

Milk is mixed quickly and can be called up at the feeding station after just 3 seconds. Once the milk meal is finished, a switch is immediately made to the second feeding station. Here, a second calf can be fed immediately while the first is still satisfying its need to suckle.

In addition, priorities can be specified in the CalfExpert menu so that young or sick calves are given preferential treatment. The tried and tested flexitime programme ensures that meals are distributed very evenly throughout the day without clusters of visits to the stations. The result is reduced waiting times with high animal occupancy and a positive "visiting experience" for the calves.

Enjoy calm and compliant calves

Since CalfExpert does not restrict feeding to certain times of day, calves can come and feed at any time.

Your calves will no longer see you as a nurse and will therefore remain calm when people enter the barn. Younger and weaker calves have all the time they need to consume their full ration.

As the CalfExpert also works with an intelligent credit logic, all calves have a feeding credit at a different time. As a result, fewer animals crowd around the station. The anti-pirate milk valve ensures that stronger calves do not steal milk. The result: extremely uniform, relaxed groups of calves.

QuadroFlex: simultaneous and yet flexible feeding

With the new QuadroFlex system, four calves can feed at the same time at two PowerMixers. The CalfExpert mixes the milk freshly when calves wish to drink. This means no tank supply system is required. The feeding quantity is determined precisely for each calf by maintenance-free sensors. If a calf requires a special mix e.g. including medicine or electrolytes, only the sister stall at the same PowerMixer is switched off. Feeding continues at the second Power Mixer at both stations. This allows 120 calves to be fed at 4 HygieneStations. Thus the capacity of the CalfExpert has been increased by approx. 20 – 30 % compared to its predecessor H&L100.

Flexible feeding programmes

Modern feeding programmes should always adapt to the age and breed, personally set rearing goals and state of health of the calves. CalfExpert allows you to do all this in the optimum way.

Weaning process

CalfExpert prepares your calves in a particularly gentle way for the intake of concentrate and roughage. It reduces the amount of feed at the end of rearing in small steps of 0.1 l per day and thus stimulates the development of the forestomach system.

8 feeding curves

CalfExpert can be used to turn any feeding programme into reality. Feeding curves can be adjusted very flexibly in each of the 8 groups. Up to 16 "turning points" allow you to fine-tune your personal feeding concept down to the last detail. Or you decide in favour of one of the proven and pre-set CalfExpert feeding programmes.

Metabolic programming

Intensive feeding in the first few weeks of a calf's life will usually lead to significantly higher milk production later. However, the correct weaning of calves, for example after an ad libitum phase, poses particular challenges for every calf breeder. With CalfExpert, each calf is slowly weaned off high milk intake, in terms of volume as well as concentration.

Effective mixing of milk replacer powder

Flexible feeding also means that a wide range of CMRs and additives have to be prepared in an optimum and lump-free way. The continuously variable PowerMixer ensures a soft start to avoid splashing and then stirs the milk replacer powder thoroughly. This means the calf receives its freshly mixed milk directly at the teat in just 3 seconds.

The feeding process can sometimes take longer where young or weak calves are involved. We prevent the separation of the milk replacer powder by slow permanent stirring. And if it gets colder, the heater in the mixer always ensures the mix is kept at a constant temperature, for no matter how long the calf needs.

Second milk powder chamber

The new option allows the CalfExpert to feed two different types of milk replacer (CMR).

The milk powder compartment is at a 90° angle to the CalfExpert and feeds milk powder into the PowerMixer of the machine via a dosing augur on the side. The volume of 50 kg of CMR can be supplemented by a further 25 kg via the additional powder chamber. This

gives the CalfExpert the largest milk powder storage capacity of any automatic feeder on the market, with a maximum powder storage capacity of 150 kg (2 x (50 + 25 kg)). Ideally, this is done in such a way that one type of milk replacer slowly takes the place of the other. This can make sense, for example, if a high-quality skimmed milk replacer is to be used in the first few weeks of life in order to promote the early development of the calves with highly digestible CMR.

Later, cheaper milk replacers can be used, whose ingredients (e.g. certain proportions of high-quality vegetable proteins) are intended to support the transition to ruminant.

Specific additive feeding

Minimal doses of feed additives can be added to the milk diet in order to stabilise the gastrointestinal system. Sick calves can be treated with medicines in the milk. You can use two powder dosing units and two liquid dosing units. As with the milk programme, you can set different feeding curves for these additives as well. This means maximum flexibility for top calf health.

powdered milk? This causes changeover stress with your calves and is likely to cause digestion problems. "EvenMilk", our intelligent whole milk control, knows how much whole milk is available and how much is to be fed. It makes sure that whole milk and CMR are mixed in balanced proportions even when whole milk quantities fluctuate daily.

Clean and reliable

A calf feeder is designed to make your work easier and perform continually for 24 hours. To achieve this it has to work reliably under the rough conditions of a calf stall, like the CalfExpert does.

EvenMilk: intelligent whole milk feeding

Whole milk is digested perfectly by the calf and results in the best performance. With the CalfExpert whole milk programme you can set whole milk proportions or supplement the whole milk in the feeing programme flexibly. What happens with your feeder when the whole milk supply has been used up? Does it then feed

Hose cleaning including the teat

All hose systems used to have deposits of contaminated milk because they had not been cleaned often enough or thoroughly enough. The HygieneStation rinses the entire milk hose through to the teat during longer drinking breaks. In addition, the complete milk system is cleaned several times every day. If theDoubleJugmilk tank is used, the supply line to the CalfExpert is also cleaned automatically. This will reduce a calf’s exposure to bacteria, improve the health of the calves and save on manual cleaning.

Two cleaning agents

To optimise cleaning even further, the CalfExpert can use two different cleaning agents: either alternate with

each cleaning cycle or combine in one cleaning cycle (alkaline, rinse, acid, rinse). The cleaning agent pumps are fitted on the outside. They can thus draw directly from the tanks. This is safe and convenient. In addition, the CalfExpert generates automatic messages as soon as a canister is empty.

Fly shield as standard

Two large doors protect the critical area where the mixer bowls are located. This keeps flies away from the milk and avoids problems in the milk system. The doors can be locked so children cannot be harmed or injured.

Integrated operating instructions

The 7″ graphic display not only allows all calf data to be conveniently viewed. Pressing the key with the book icon opens help texts and information from the operating instructions at every level of the application.

Ready to work whatever the weather

Calves love the outdoor climate, your CalfExpert does too. It comes with a frost protection programme that is activated automatically as soon as there is a risk of frost. Sensors in every HygieneStation and in the CalfExpert mixing chamber measure the ambient temperature and then adapt the mixing temperature and intensity of the frost protection programme accordingly. You can clean the outer surfaces of the automatic feeder with water, since all the sensitive components are water spray-proof.

Simple maintenance

Regular inspection of the technology is easy: you can test all the important CalfExpert components quickly and easily in the maintenance menu. You can also carry out calibration quickly yourself, because the software always tells you exactly what to do. We recommend that you have your CalfExpert serviced by a qualified technician at least once a year. This provides you with the peace of mind that the automatic feeder will be ready for the next rearing cycle.

Automatic calibration

The CalfExpert checks the flow rate of milk and water at regular intervals. ensuring a consistent amount of water for the calves without your needing to actively worry about it. Although this unfortunately does not apply to the amount of powder, the machine will remind you as soon as calibration needs to be performed. However, with its Brix-TS option, CalfExpert compensates for deviations in the mix concentration, so that you are always surethat the calves have been fed correctly.

Smarter work – better performance

Kill two birds with one stone: CalfExpert not only frees you up from tedious and strenuous work. Intelligent software and smart operation also increase feeding quality.

SmartKeys

We deliberately avoid the use of touch technology and rely instead on the use of SmartKeys, meaning that a CalfExpert can be operated reliably even in frost, rain, with gloves or even dirty fingers. The illuminated

SmartKeys guide you through the programme.

The completely new control software offers maximum clarity and simple CalfExpert operation. All calf data with individual feeding curve, alarm lists, technical parameters etc. can be viewed on the 7" display. The Wi-Fi connection also allows you to retrieve individual items of data on mobile devices and to receive push notifications in the event of error messages.

Higher income thanks to improved performance

Calves supplied with a lot of energy start lactation at an earlier age and produce more milk later on. CalfExpert also provides you with the best prerequisites for optimum animal health. This means a lower death rate and more animals in the herd reared from your herd offspring. This in turn gives you the opportunity to select the offspring in a targeted manner and to sell surplus heifers at a profit. And last but not least: by saving working time, you are freeing up capacities on your farm that can be used profitably.

CalfGuide app

CalfExpert comes with a WiFi interface as standard. The CalfGuide app allows you to access important information directly on your mobile phone. This includes the general calf feeder data and details of the calf lists with the entire calf history. You can easily modify calf information and feeding curves in the app. The CalfExpert also sends messages when the cleaning containers are empty, for example. A particularly practical feature is a health check, which allows you to objectively assess the health of your calves.

AmmoniaDetect

Ammonia irritates the mucous membranes of calves, even in small doses. This can lead to bronchitis in the long run, which can soon turn into pneumonia. Ammonia is only perceived as an odour when it is already in the

harmful range. AmmoniaDetect is an electrochemical sensor that permanently measures ammonia levels in the barn air. It is installed directly in the lying area, protected from the calves by a pipe. CalfExpert analyses the measured values continuously and documents them in a chart. This enables you to optimise the ventilation of the calf barn and determine the best time for mucking out.

Gain time and flexibility

Take care of your calves when YOU want and don't let them dictate your day. There are often other jobs and responsibilities to be taken care of in the mornings and evenings in particular: milking and feeding the cows, making breakfast for the family or taking your children to school... CalfExpert feeds your calves. You only have to monitor the machinery and the animals. And training is reduced to a minimum with the new HygieneStation.

Automated work routines

With the CalfExpert, all employees know what they have to do and when. They perform checks, teat changes etc. at regular intervals. The CalfExpert generates timely notifications when whole milk and cleaning agents are running low. And the CalfExpert reports this a few hours before the containers are actually empty to avoid any mad rush.

A feeder that has growing potential

With CalfExpert you can feed up to 100 calves at 4 stations, with QuadroFlex as many as 120 calves. Even if you feed fewer animals today, our modular system allows you to expand the calf feeder machine at any subsequent time with all the options available. So you save money now but can still make use of all the possibilities later.

Would you like to receive a quotation or individual advice? Our sales partners will be happy to assist you.

Official launch of the CDf and CTf incorporators under the SAMSON & PICHON brands

ach method of organic fertiliser application offers specific advantages depending on crop type and soil conditions. Whether the goal is to reduce environmental impact through precision application techniques or to improve nutrient absorption by controlled soil work, selecting the right method is essential. In this context,

SAMSON AGRO announces the launch of its new CDf and CTf incorporators, now available through both PICHON and SAMSON dealer networks. This dual release marks a new step in the alignment of the group’s product ranges, based on a shared technical foundation and adapted to the specific needs of each brand, all in the service of more efficient and sustainable organic fertiliser application.

Incorporating slurry: a sustainable and effective solution

Incorporating organic fertilisers directly into the soil

helps reduce nutrient losses through volatilisation and leaching while placing nutrients close to the root zone. This method reduces ammonia emissions by up to 85%, limits odours, and contributes to improved air quality.

A robust and efficient design

The CDf and CTf incorporators share a compact and robust design, built from high-strength HLE steel, with ample clearance under the frame to facilitate residue flow. Both models are equipped with the SAMSON

the edge of the plot.

• Adjustable leveling tines, for closing the furrow and improving surface finish.

• Automatic centralized lubrication system, connected to the tanker’s lubrication circuit, reducing maintenance time.

vertical distributor, renowned for its precision and reliability, ensuring uniform distribution even with thick slurry, at flow rates of up to 7,500 l/min. A hydraulic folding system with transport lock guarantees safe transport, and an optional hydraulic distributor discharge can be controlled directly from the tractor cab.

CDf: precision incorporation for shallow application

Compatible with 4-point or 3-point Cat-3 hitches, the CDf is designed for controlled, shallow incorporation of slurry. It features two rows of 510 mm serrated discs, arranged in offset positions: the first row opens the soil and injects the slurry for rapid absorption, while the second closes the furrow and mixes the material with crop residues. The discs are mounted in pairs on twin bearings with doublerow ball bearings, capable of absorbing loads in both directions and ensuring smooth rotation. A sealed lip ring prevents dust ingress and retains the grease required for lifetime lubrication, eliminating the need for greasing. This design significantly reduces maintenance while ensuring long service life and reliability. The disc suspensions feature rubber silent blocks that ensure optimal ground contour following and limit vibrations, while allowing large quantities of organic matter to pass through. Depth adjustment from 3 to 12 cm is easily achieved via the gauge wheels. With working speeds up to 15 km/h, productivity and durability are ensured in all conditions.

Available options:

Ctf: incorporation combined with soil preparation

Designed to incorporate slurry while preparing the soil, the CTf is ideal for work on short stubble or ploughed fields. Available in 4.0 m and 6.0 m versions, it combines robustness, performance, and precision. It features two rows of strong tines equipped with reversible hardened steel shares for long service life. The tines incorporate the slurry down to 15 cm depth, while the 33 cm tine spacing ensures smooth flow even in high-residue conditions. The integrated nozzle behind each tine injects the slurry directly into the furrow, minimising splashing and ensuring uniform distribution. This direct injection helps reduce nitrogen losses, improve nutrient use efficiency, and minimise odours. According to fields surveys, slurry incorporation into the soil can reduce volatilisation by

70 to 90%. Depth adjustment is manual, controlled via graduated front wheels for easy and precise settings.

Available options:

• Adjustable finishing tines, mounted behind the tine rows, for leveling and closing the furrow. Height and tilt adjustment allow optimal adaptation to soil conditions and residue flow.

• Automatic centralized lubrication system, supplying lubrication to all key points (frame joints, cylinder ball ends, vertical distributor) via the tanker’s pump. This eliminates manual greasing, reduces maintenance time, and enhances operational safety.

• Star-shaped border disc (left), reducing splashing and ensuring a clean finish for each pass and at

LAMMA launch for new slurry equipment

ogelsang has announced it will launch a new UniSpread model at LAMMA in January, alongside a new super-scale separator.

The new 12-metre UniSpread will join the existing range to offer an additional one fifth working width. The new XSplit XS30-80 separator offers a throughput capacity of 175 cubic metres per hour.

“The new UniSpread is aimed at farmers and contractors who need a compact solution for spreading liquid manure close to roots. The linkage is available as a dribble bar and trailing shoe and features Vogelsang’s tried-and-tested folding mechanism behind the drum, making it an easy retrofit to any size of tanker,” explains Vogelsang’s Andy Hayhurst.

The trailing shoe model of the new 12-metre UniSpread will be on show at LAMMA and will showcase the brand’s DoubleFlow trailing shoe design.

“DoubleFlow halves the row spacing from 25 to 12.5 centimetres to enable more slurry to be applied more accurately,” adds Mr Hayhurst.

The new model features two side support wheels to ensure optimum guidance, and operators can specify an optional piping kit. The UniSpread also benefits from the long- established ExaCut precision distributor.

Vogelsang has developed and

launched a range of XSplit separators in recent years. At entry level is the Compact which is capable of up to 10 cubic metres per hour and weighs just 875 kilos. At the other end of the scale, the new XS30-80 completes the range as the largest separator with a capacity of 175 cubic metres per hour.

“The XSplit XS30-80 is specially designed for use in large biogas plants and agricultural operations. As the largest model in its range, it offers users who need to separate large quantities of digestate or liquid manure a reliable and needsbased solution,” says Mr Hayhurst.

The XS30-80 offers a maintenance friendly design with shorter service times than conventional screw press separators. The modular, threepart sieve enables just the worn part to be replaced and VarioAdjust, a hydraulic adjustment system, allows the contact pressure to be flexibly adjusted during operation to reduce wear and tear.

“There is now a separator in the range for every size of farming operation. Our specialists will be on hand at LAMMA to explain how the separators, pumps and applicators can help make slurry and digestate handling and application more efficient,” concludes Mr Hayhurst.

s Agritechnica 2025 unfolds, Case IH is rolling out upgrades to its parts ecommerce platform, mycnhstore.com. These enhancements make the platform even easier to use, thanks to the inclusion of new technology that incorporates the latest advances in Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Machine Learning (ML). As a result, users are able to make the right parts selections even quicker than before.

knowledge with the very latest artificial intelligence technology, creating a system designed to meet the practical needs of both farmers and dealers alike.

A Case IH Brings AI Innovation to Parts Search with New mycnhstore Features at Agritechnica 2025

Mycnhstore.com allows users to simply photograph the part they need on their machine and use this to quickly locate the matching component on the website’s online catalog. This technology makes the selection and purchasing processes even faster and lessens the chance of mistaken identification.

Developed by a team from across the CNH Parts & Service business, the enhanced mycnhstore.com blends their wide-ranging product and technical

The new technology will be released in phases, with the first element covering 200,000 parts for tractors currently in production. In 2026, the next phase will see harvesting machines included. Visitors to the Case IH stand at Agritechnica 2025 will be able to try the new search tool for themselves on the Case IH Farmall 100A tractor.

Yavuz Sikca, Head of CNH Parts & Service, says the value of this technology aligns with the Case IH commitment to helping customers maximize uptime.

“By harnessing the very latest AI and ML technology, we are giving Case IH users an even faster parts selection experience, meaning they get back to work quicker, for maximum productivity.”

Case IH Debuts Patriot 50 Series Sprayer Designed to Tackle Varied Terrain with

Precision, Durability and Comfort

ase IH is debuting its comprehensive Patriot® 50 series sprayer series*, with the Patriot 2550 and 4050, offering various solutions to deliver accurate application, crop protection and increased productivity for operations of all types and sizes. Featuring an upgraded suspension and drive system, improved gradeability and greater fuel efficiency, the Patriot 2550 and 4050 sprayers boost manoeuvrability and overall sprayer performance. Additional enhancements such as integrated spray and connectivity technology powered through FieldOps™ - ensure precise application and an upgraded operator experience.

CUnparalleled Ride and Drive System

The two new Patriot 50 series sprayers are available with an advanced suspension and drive system across all models. The new parallel link suspension offers softer suspension stiffness, improved mobility over hills and an airbag design. With the sprayer’s increased traction, it reduces wheel spinout in all conditions. Its improved gradeability allows the machine to climb to a 30 percent slope.

“The Patriot 50 series was created with operator productivity, control and comfort in mind,” said Daniel de Valk, EMEA product marketing manager - crop protection at Case IH. “Sprayer control improvements and integrated technology minimise inconsistencies, reduce operator error and delivers our most precise application.”

Precision and Profitability

With AIM Command FLEX™ II advanced spray technology and new, individual nozzle control, the Patriot 2550 and 4050 provide a more consistent spray pattern and more accurate spray coverage. The sprayer upgrades also enhance boom precision and durability with an integrated AutoBoom™ XRT that maintains a targeted boom height in varying terrain and eliminates ground contact. AutoFold, an additional boom enhancement, allows for fast and easy single-touch boom folding and unfolding.

“The various improvements to the Patriot 50 series not only provide greater control, accuracy and precision but greater profitability as well, ” said de Valk. “The sprayer’s upgrades are designed to protect crop yield while maximising product and fuel savings.”

The sprayer features higher clearance as well as a cab-forward, rear-engine design that reduces soil compaction all of which protect an operation’s yield. The enhanced engine’s ECO mode creates additional fuel savings while larger solution tank options up to 4,000 liters require fewer fill-ups.

The sprayer features higher clearance as well as a cab-forward, rear-engine design that reduces soil compaction all of which protect an operation’s yield. The enhanced engine’s ECO mode creates additional fuel savings while larger solution tank options up to 4,000 liters – require fewer fill-ups.

Tallis Amos Group Expands Precision Agriculture

with Acquisition of Rea Valley Tractors RTK Network

Tallis Amos Group is pleased to announce the acquisition of the Rea Valley Tractors RTK base station network, strengthening its precision agriculture offering across the Midlands and beyond.

RTK correction signals enhance the accuracy of GPS-equipped agricultural machinery, enabling repeatable pass-to-pass precision for farmers and contractors.

Matthew Thompson, Tech

TheARION600and500range-thenewmid-rangestandard Assistingyou,whereveritisneeded. Oneofourmostpopulartractorshasjustgotevenbetterthankstoahostofnew functionsdevelopedbyourengineersinconsultationwithARIONdrivers. Afterall,theyworkinthefieldeveryday,sotheyknowexactlywhattheywant. https://www.claas.co.uk

Ops & Aftermarket Director of Tallis Amos Group, said:

"This acquisition allows Tallis Amos to expand its RTK network, ensuring Rea Valley customers who have invested in RTK hardware continue to receive reliable, high-precision correction signals. It underscores our commitment to supporting modern, technologydriven agriculture."

Users of the Rea Valley RTK network are advised to contact the Tallis Amos Precision Technology helpline on07893 933 804to register their details and maintain access. Over the coming months, the TAG Tech team will also update SIM cards in customers’ machines as required.

Customers can continue to expect the same high-quality RTK signals, supported by dedicated precision technology specialists from the Tallis Amos Group.

LATEST USED STOCK

MANITOU

4987 Hrs, 6m Reach, 3400kg Lift

£36,500 +VAT

Hrs,

£28,500 +VAT

JCB 514-40 LOADALL

4m

4498

£48,750 +VAT

2896 Hrs, 150 HP, 6m Reach, 3800kg Lift, Pin and Cone Headstock, 4 Wheel Steer/Crab

£66,000 +VAT

NEW PARTNERSHIP FOR AN EXCITING CUSTOMER INFOTAINMENT EXPERIENCE

ART and AGCO/Fendt start a new technical collaboration with the aim of further improving the onboard experience in Fendt tractors.

ART, a leading Italian company supplying connected infotainment systems and digital cockpits for luxury sports cars, together with Fendt, one of the world's leading manufacturers and distributors of tractors and agricultural machinery, have launched a first-of-its-kind project for the Ag Tech world that will use the latest smartphone mirroring technologies to create an intuitive, user-friendly interface for the operator.

“As partners, we are working together on one of the first applications on the agricultural market that allows the operator to securely connect their device to the tractor's infotainment system,” says Dr. Josef Mayer, Vice President and Managing Director for Fendt Research and Development. “The new functions will have a user interface that is optimized for use by tractor operators.”

advanced connectivity.

Eng. Francesco Ortix, CEO of ART Spa, commented on this new collaboration as follows: “The agricultural market is acquiring significant value for ART, a market in which the company is able to bring products, skills and technologies that stem from decades-long collaborations with the most prestigious companies in the Luxury and Super sport automotive sector, creating advanced e-cockpit and infotainment systems.But not only that, as ART is a highly technological and innovative company, it is a partner capable of continuously looking at future market trends, which is essential today in order to be competitive even in markets which are normally considered more traditional, such as agriculture."

ART SPA

The strength of this partnership lies in the ability to engage in cross fertilization between the automotive and agricultural markets by bringing incabin the latest cutting-edge technology, as well as fully integrated, customizable and connected systems designed to enhance the driving experience, optimize vehicle efficiency and provide

ART Spa, which was founded in the early 2000s and is based in the picturesque Villa del Pischiello in Passignano sul Trasimeno, is today one of Italy's leading providers of connected infotainment systems and digital cockpits for luxury sports cars. ART combines skills and professionalism to innovate and produce high-tech systems, thus providing customized and unique solutions. The company boasts among its customers the leading Italian and international manufacturers of super sports cars, who recognize the company's excellent technical and technological skills, combined with a top-level customer focus. In recent years, building on its experience and expertise in the automotive field, ART has been developing products and services for the agricultural, transportation and avionics markets. The fast-growing company now has approximately 300 employees, who work at its headquarters in Passignano sul Trasimeno and offices located in Modena, Turin and Berlin, Germany. ART represents a Made in Italy excellence capable of competing with large multinational groups active in the sector.

Cheffins to undertake timed online sale for Yorkshire-based agricultural contracting business, T.E Watkins & Sons

Cheffins will undertake a major modern agricultural machinery sale on behalf of Yorkshire-based agricultural contracting business, T.E Watkins & Sons on Thursday 4thDecember. Based in Rotherham, South Yorkshire, and hosted on-site at the business premises, the sale will include a series of high value modern agricultural machinery items.

T.E Watkins & Sons ceased trading as agricultural contractors in October 2025, however, the Philip Watkins Ltd, an agricultural machinery manufacturer, will continue trading as usual and soon will be celebrating its 30thanniversary. Operating as a separate business to the agricultural contracting business, Philip Watkins Ltd remains unaffected by the move to cease farming and contracting.

Highlights of the sale include:

• 2020 JCBFastrac 8330 tractor, estimate £80,000 - £85,000

• 2019 JCB Fastrac 4220 tractor, estimate £50,000

• 2010 JCB Fastrac 3230 tractor, estimate £25,000

• 2012 Case Quadtrac 600 tractor (7,487 hrs), estimate £60,000

• 2016 Lexion 760 combine with Claas 930 vario header (Eng hrs:2,702, Drum hrs:1,688), estimate £80,000 - £90,000

• 2016 Amazone Pantera 4502 self-propelled sprayer, estimate £50,000

There is also a selection of loaders, implements, machinery, workshop equipment, vehicles, spares and trailers which will be going under the hammer.

Charles Wadsley, Director at Cheffins comments:

“T.E Watkins & Sons took the difficult to cease

farming after the autumn and as a result, much of the equipment owned by the business is now surplus to requirements. It is all well-maintained and it ought to be of interest for farmers and contractors, both locally through the Northern Counties and also overseas. This is a strong sale to round out what has been a busy year, and we expect to see a number of buyers at the auction looking to renew their fleets and ensure they are fully equipped for the start of 2026. It is important to note that Philip Watkins will continue unaffected by this business decision and will continue its manufacturing business. Second-hand machinery prices have held firm, despite an increase in stock levels, and there is still demand for low-houred and well looked after kit from farmers from all different types of operations. We hope that farming ought to see a more positive year in 2026 and will look to continue to support farmers nationwide in both sourcing and selling equipment.”

The sale will take place on Thursday 4thDecember at Hall Farm, Stainton, Rotherham S66 7QY and online atwww.cheffins.co.uk

For more information, please visitwww.cheffins. co.uk, or call Cheffins auctioneers on 01353 777767.

F CLAAS AXION 9.450 TERRA TRAC is Tractor of the Year 2026 / HighPower

aced with fierce competition, the new AXION 9.450 TERRA TRAC from CLAAS prevailed against four competitors this year to win the coveted Tractor of the Year Award in the HighPower category. In addition to its unique tractor concept, the award-winning features included intelligent solutions in the areas of driver assistance and machine optimisation, comprehensive digital connectivity and the newly developed, quiet cab.

The premiere of the new AXION 9 CMATIC large tractor series from CLAAS at Agritechnica 2025 was crowned with a highlight on the very first day of the trade fair: the presentation of this year's Tractor of the Year Awards. In the HighPower category, the AXION 9.450 TERRA TRAC with its unique semi-crawler concept prevailed against strong competition from four other contenders. The jury, consisting of 26 international agricultural and agricultural engineering journalists, stated: "The Claas AXION 9.450 TERRA TRAC combines high performance with machine optimisation tools specially developed for large agricultural businesses. Its CCLS hydraulic system delivers a flow rate of up to 370 l/min, with a rear lift capacity of over 11 tonnes and full ISOBUS and Power Beyond connectivity. Intelligent features such as CEMOS, Dynamic Auto Droop and CEBIS connect increase precision, while the four-point suspended cab ensures a high level of comfort at only 66 dB(A). The jury praised the AXION's combination of power density, hydraulic performance and data-driven performance management."

Focus on efficiency in development

Auto Load Anticipation – a self-learning algorithm –increases driving comfort, productivity and efficiency. Thanks to extended maintenance intervals, service times and costs for users are also significantly reduced.

"When developing the series, we listened more than ever to the wishes and expectations of farmers and contractors," explains Dr Martin von Hoyningen-Huene, CLAAS Chief Technology Officer. "So we owe this award not only to our innovative developers, but also to our existing and potential customers. The tractor uniquely combines several of our core development competencies, such as soil-conserving chassis technologies and continuously variable power-split transmissions."

Versatile specialist for year-round use

The AXION 9 CMATIC series sets new standards in comfort, automation and connectivity, and was developed with the aim of bringing maximum performance to large farms and contractors even more efficiently and economically in the field and on the road. Sophisticated and further optimised hardware such as the engine, transmission and axles, as well as TERRA TRAC running gear, have been combined in the series with a completely newly developed cab with a noise reduction of up to 66 dB(A) and a volume of three cubic metres, a new electronic infrastructure and new, intelligent assistance systems up to Level 2 Autonomy. The adaptive, predictive drivetrain management of the continuously variable CMATIC transmission with

The AXION TERRA TRAC concept impresses with its combination of the advantages of conventional standard tractors and those of crawler tractors, without any of the disadvantages. The large, ground-protecting contact area gives this large tractor unique versatility and enables it to be used all year round, from spring fertilisation with minimal wheel tracks to light to heavy tillage and sowing with optimised traction, to grassland mowing and in-field logistics tasks in harvest chains.

The latest generation of this concept, the AXION 9 TERRA TRAC with up to 450 hp engine power, is a logical further development with the latest electronic infrastructure, premium driving comfort, cloud connectivity in CLAAS connect and automated workflows up to Level 2 Autonomy with the AgXeed VCU (Vehicle Control Unit).

Cranworth Farm Services

Cranworth Common, Cranworth, Shipdham, Norfolk, IP25 7SX

Tel: 01362 820391

www.c-f-s.info

Turners Agricultural Engineers Ltd

Clover Meadows, Pencombe, Bromyard, Herefordshire, HR7 4RP

Tel: 01885 400683

www.turnersagri.co.uk

THE MOST RADICAL REDEFINITION OF X7.

Beneath the stunning design of the new bonnet, 240 hp and a torque of 983 Nm pulse at 1400 rpm for a robust increase in power and performance.

The Stage V engine, nestled within the tractors rugged chassis, reduces consumption and vibration. The advanced VT-Drive driveline and the front suspension with independent arms ensure traction, manoeuvrability and comfort. The control unit now has 5 programmable MyFunctions buttons, and the spacious semi-active suspension cab is topped by a new roof with 12 LED work lights that ensure 360° visibility even at night.

The new X7.624 VT-Drive wins the toughest challenge: outdoing itself.

Timberlake, Week St Mary

Devon. EX22 6XG

Phone: 01288 341326

www.cornishtractors.co.uk

Valley Farm, Thorncliffe Rd, Leek, ST13 8TG

Phone: 01538 224228

www.jbournetractors.co.uk

Stubbings Bros Ltd. Ventnor Isle of Wight PO38 2JN

TRMachinery Ltd

Oak Tree Works, NI Park, Newport, Shropshire

TR Machinery Ltd

Burnside Business Park Market Drayton Shropshire

TF10 9LH

Phone : 01983 551443

www.stubbings-bros.co.uk

Phone: 01952 936900 www.trmachinery.co.uk

TF9 3UX

Phone : 01630 653801 www.trmachinery.co.uk

RVW Pugh, Mellington, Churchstoke,

RVW Pugh, Mellington, Churchstoke, Montgomery Powys.

D.A. Forgie Lisburn BT27 5QB Phone: 02832 677736 www.forgie.com

D.A. Forgie Co Londonderry

BT49 9DW Phone: 02877 722375 www.forgie.com

RVW Pugh, Oakwood Park, Holmes Chapel, Cheshire

Phone: 01588 620545

SY15 6TQ

Phone : 01588 620545 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

RVW Pugh

Unit 2, Holland Business Park, Montgomery Powys. SY156TQ

Spa Lane, Lathom, Lancashire, L40 6LN

Phone: 01695 816444 www.rvwpugh.co.uk www.rvwpugh.co.uk

CW4 8AX

Phone : 01477 533560 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

RVW Pugh, Oakwood Park, Holmes Chapel, Cheshire

CW4 8AX

Phone : 01477533560 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Unit 2, Holland Business Park, Spa Lane, Lathom Lancashire, L40 6LN

Phone : 01695 816444 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

Unit 10 Horsepool Grange

Elliotts Lane, Markfield LE67 9TW

Phone : 01530 249191 www.cooksmidlands.co.uk

Tel: 07496 734212 www.cambridgetractors.co.uk

Bobcat unveils rare Black Limited Edition V-Drive telehandlers at Agritechnica 2025 in Hanover

Bobcat, a global equipment, innovation and worksite solutions brand, will unveil its rare Black Limited Edition VDrive telehandlers to the public for the first time at Agritechnica 2025, which will take place in Hanover, Germany, from 9-15 November.

The news follows the launch of Bobcat’s V-Drive continuous transmission telehandler series in April. Based on the AGRI 4 specification, the premium models will feature exclusive ‘Black’ exterior colouring, all-black patterned cloth and leather seat covers with signature edition branding, and individually numbered plates in each cab.

Limited to Bobcat’s TL38.70HF and TL43.80HF VDrive telehandlers, only 50 Black Limited Edition models have been scheduled for production, making each unit rare, collectible and highly sought after.

Florian Hilbert, Product Manager for Telehandlers, Doosan Bobcat EMEA, said: “Building on the success of Bobcat’s recently introduced V-Drive telehandlers, the Black Limited Edition units will help us further boost awareness and generate a real buzz. Thanks to their exclusive detailing and branding, we expect these eye-catching models to attract significant attention at Agritechnica 2025, giving customers an opportunity to own a genuinely

rare, visually distinctive and high-specification machine that enables them to accomplish more.”

Productivity, comfort and peace of mind

In spring 2025, Bobcat launched three large highflow telehandler models featuring its advanced VDrive continuous transmission system: the TL34.65HF, the TL38.70HF and the TL43.80HF. Each of these units is designed to offer greater comfort, productivity and peace of mind for customers, while reducing the total cost of ownership (TCO) of equipment throughout its lifecycle. Bobcat’s Black Limited Edition V-Drive telehandlers build on these fundamentals, delivering a select number of TL38.70HF and TL43.80HF models as part of a production run of just 50 machines.

Visitors to Bobcat’s Agritechnica 2025 stand will have the chance to explore the latest innovations across the brand’s extensive product portfolio. The manufacturer will showcase its newest telehandlers, mini-excavators, compact loaders and track loaders, as well as a wide range of agricultural attachments and portable power technologies. A selection of other Bobcat products, services and solutions tailored to meet the exacting requirements of the modern agricultural market will also be on display throughout the show.

Bobcat’s V-Drive telehandler range will take centre stage at Agritechnica 2025. The advanced continuous transmission system optimises workflows by removing the need for manual gear shifts, enabling seamless acceleration up to 40 km/h with no jolts between speed ranges.

Standard features such as Bobcat’s Maximum Speed Limiter, Stop-and-Start functionality and a redesigned, higher-capacity hydraulic tank enhance performance and reliability. A broad range of additional smart innovations have been integrated within the new models to deliver superior comfort and efficiency, including noisereduction technology, Cruise Control and ECORide, an intelligent system that optimises engine RPM. The machines’ exceptional traction further ensures a smooth, quiet and highly responsive operator experience.

By giving customers the flexibility to select the configuration best suited to their specific needs, Bobcat’s V-Drive telehandlers offer a powerful, high-performance alternative for even the most demanding agricultural applications.

Innovative Machine IQ features

Bobcat has also introduced a Remote Engine Disable/Enable function via its Machine IQ telematics platform, which is now available across

its full range of telehandlers. Delivered as part of the Premium Machine IQ subscription in Europe, this feature lets customers remotely start or stop their machine’s engine using either the Owner Portal or the Machine IQ mobile app. With just a few clicks, owners and operators can now shut down equipment, helping to deter theft and support fast machine recovery.

Since its launch in 2019, more than 30,000 Bobcat Machine IQ-connected units have been sold across Europe, helping to boost efficiency, strengthen security and maximise uptime. The platform provides customers and dealers with near real-time access to vital machine data, delivering greater peace of mind and productivity across the region.

Carter Excavators – Strength, Reliability & Value

components without the premium price tag.

Equipped – Includes 3 buckets and Geith quick hitches as standard. Peace of Mind Warranty – Backed by a 2-year warranty for total confidence.

Zetor’s Series 6 in Brno Marks a Confident New Chapter for the Brand

The city of Brno set the stage for an important moment in Zetor’s ongoing story earlier this year, when representatives from Zetor UK and three of its standout dealers travelled to the Czech Republic for the launch of the new Series 6. What unfolded over those three days felt less like a simple product unveiling and more like a look into the direction the brand is heading.

The delegation brought together some of the UK network’s strongest performers:

• Tunstall Tractors recognised as top dealer, winning the Best Overall Sales Award.

• Marrs of Methlick who earned praise receiving the Top Brand Promoting Award.

• Brassington Agri carrying home the Emerging Dealer of the Year Award and signalling the rising strength of the next generation of dealers.

The visit began inside the Zetor factory, where guests were guided through the production floor. Watching each stage of the build process offered a rare glimpse of the craftsmanship behind every machine. That sense of purpose was echoed again when the group met the

new Zetor 6170. The tractor’s clean, sturdy design immediately stood out. It looked ready for fieldwork, not just display, and that impression only grew stronger once its performance and engineering detail were explored more closely.

The atmosphere around the launch carried a feeling of anticipation. Engineers spoke openly about the decisions shaping the Series 6, and the conversations that followed made it clear this model represents a meaningful step forward for the company. There was an underlying confidence that the 6170 had been built with today’s working farms firmly in mind.

Throughout the visit, Zetor’s hospitality set a warm backdrop. It offered a reminder of how long-standing partnerships often form the foundation of progress in the machinery world. The UK dealers played their own part in that, representing their regions with the kind of pride that comes from years of hands-on support for local farmers.

As the trip drew to a close, the sense of momentum was hard to miss. The Series 6 arrives with promise, and the enthusiasm in Brno suggested that this is just the beginning.

David:

Chris:

Captain Tractors - Compact Power with a Big Impact

For farmers, smallholders, and estate managers looking for compact power that performs far beyond its size, the new Captain tractor range is making a serious impression. Designed to offer outstanding versatility, strength, and ease of use, Captain tractors bring dependable capability to a wide variety of jobs, from mowing and soil cultivation to yard work, landscaping, and equestrian maintenance.

Now available exclusively in the UK through Conagri, a trusted name in agricultural and construction machinery, Captain tractors deliver all the essentials modern users demand: robust engineering, efficient operation, and superb manoeuvrability, all in a compact package.

Built in India and powered by Mitsubishi 3-cylinder Stage V diesel engines, Captain tractors combine Japanese reliability with efficient, low-emission performance. These engines are designed for long service life and minimal fuel consumption, giving users a balance of strength and economy that’s hard to beat.

At the heart of the UK range are the Captain 223 and Captain 263. The 223 delivers around 22 horsepower and offers a perfect solution for those needing a capable yet compact workhorse. It’s ideal for topping, rotavating, light cultivation, or general smallholding duties. The 263 builds on that foundation with approximately 25 horsepower and introduces a standout feature, the Hydrostatic (HST) gearbox. This HST transmission sets the 263 apart from many other

tractors in its class. Instead of traditional gear changes, the hydrostatic system uses smooth pedal control to regulate speed and direction, providing effortless forward and reverse movement. This makes the 263 incredibly easy to operate, particularly valuable for loader work, landscaping, and any task requiring precision and frequent directional changes. It’s intuitive, comfortable, and boosts productivity for both experienced operators and first-time users alike.

Despite their compact size, both models are built for serious work. A 3-point hitch with up to 750kg lift capacity allows easy use of a wide range of implements, while a minimal turning radius ensures outstanding agility in tight spaces such as orchards, paddocks, and stable yards. Add to that a choice of four tyre options, and operators can fine-tune their machine for optimal grip and performance across all terrains and applications.

Supporting every machine is Conagri’s dedicated team, based near Exeter in Devon. With their in-depth product knowledge and commitment to customer care, they provide expert advice, dependable service, and rapid parts support, ensuring your Captain tractor keeps working as hard as you do.

As the exclusive UK importer, Conagri is also expanding its nationwide dealer network, offering an excellent opportunity for dealers who want to represent a dynamic, fast-growing brand in the compact tractor market.

If you’re looking for a compact tractor that delivers exceptional performance, comfort, and reliability, all backed by a knowledgeable UK support team, it’s time to discover the Captain 223 and 263.

Contact Conagri today to discuss your needs and find out how a Captain tractor can bring power, precision, and performance to your operation.

New MF 5S Dyna-VT option adds versatility and ease of use

Massey Ferguson, a worldwide brand of AGCO (NYSE:AGCO), proudly announces the addition of a continuously variable transmission option for its best-in-class MF 5S series tractors.

New MF 5S Dyna-VT models complement existing Dyna-4 and Dyna-6 versions and have been added to the line-up to meet growing demand for extra versatility and comfort from farmers.

“Our multi-award-winning MF 5S series models have a strong reputation as the best loader tractors, but their capability, flexibility and high specification mean they are increasingly selected for grassland and arable field tasks too,” explains Jérôme Aubrion, Director Marketing Massey Ferguson, Europe & Middle East.

“The new Dyna-VT transmission option adds even greater appeal to this successful series, and the extra comfort, efficiency and ease of use will be welcomed by customers and dealers worldwide.”

MF 5S Dyna-VT features

• New, single-range continuously variable transmission with adjustable virtual speed ranges

• Stepless speed adjustment from 0.1–40kph

• Easy to use with hand or foot control

• Parklock adds convenience and safety

• Industry-leading visibility (4m) and manoeuvrability (4m)

• Powerful three-point linkage provides 6,000kg lift capacity. Optional front linkage lifts 3,000kg. Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) is 9,000kg

• Wide range of factory-fitted loaders with rapid operation and quick cycle times due to standard 110 litres/min hydraulic flow

• Intuitive Datatronic 5 and Fieldstar 5 touchscreen terminals with Smart Farming technology help optimise operations and improve accuracy and profits

Choice of three transmissions

All five MF 5S-series models from 105hp to 145hp with mid-range Efficient and top Exclusive specification are available with Dyna-VT transmission. Those buying base Essential specification machines have the choice of the Dyna-4 or Dyna-6 gearbox.

As well as the new continuously variable transmission, Dyna-VT models feature new front and rear axles, a new hydraulic system, and a new rear linkage and hitch.

Dyna-VT boosts efficiency and ease of use

Dyna-VT transmission has a single range of gears and allows stepless adjustment of travel speeds from 0.1 to 40kph. Speed control is by the foot accelerator pedal, the hand throttle lever or the Power Control lever, and the maximum 40kph can be achieved with the engine operating at a low and economical 1,550rpm.

For added convenience, two virtual speed ranges can be saved and selected using a switch on the Transmission Control Lever. Different start-off speeds for forward and reverse can be set, as well as two cruise control speeds in each mode.

The Dyna-VT transmission adds Parklock as standard. This automatically applies the parking brake through the Power Control shuttle lever and offers particular advantages for tractors used in frequent stop-start operations.

Automatic working modes ensure the engine and transmission operate together at maximum efficiency, while more advanced settings enable professional operators to prioritise extra fuel economy or achieve even higher work rates.

Capable and productive

All MF 5S series Dyna-VT models share the same, 2,550mm wheelbase. This provides excellent stability for loader work, traction for field tasks, and enhances ride comfort for transport applications. The maximum 9,000kg gross vehicle weight and 41,000kg Gross Combination Weight rating* allow users to make the most of the new tractors’ capabilities. *(local restrictions may apply).

In fully automatic mode, the operator simply selects the travel speed by depressing the foot pedal. The tractor’s management system selects the most efficient engine revs and transmission drive ratio for the selected speed and conditions, and these are constantly optimised as the working load alters.

When working with PTO or hydraulic-driven implements, the required engine speed can be set and stored in the A and B engine speed memories while the operator adjusts the travel speed independently.

Virtual speed ranges allow even finer control. Rather than having the full range of speeds always available, the operator can create bespoke virtual ranges between any minimum and maximum speeds for a particular application. This increases controllability for activities such as loader work or baling, as the travel speed remains within the preset parameters and minor adjustments are easily made.

For tasks requiring frequent travel direction changes, the drive engagement rate can be set to suit the conditions. Gentler engagement is ideal for precise loader work on a hard surface for added driver comfort, also reducing tyre wear and risks of load spillage. More rapid engagement can be selected to speed up manoeuvring and reduce cycle times and for most field tasks an intermediate rate is ideal.

Dyna-VT provides significant benefits for both novice drivers and more experienced users.

All five models come standard with 6,000kg rear linkage lift capacity. A loadsensing 110 litres/min hydraulic system ensures rapid cycle times for efficient loader operation and provides plenty of flow for the most demanding implements. With up to 41 litres of removable oil capacity, new MF 5S Dyna-VT models tip the largest trailers with ease.

As on other MF 5S-series models, a micro joystick on the Multipad controls the first and second valves. Third and fourth valves have either mechanical control on Efficient models, or finger type electronic control on Exclusive variants.

A three-speed PTO with 540, 540 Eco or 1,000rpm output is standard. The 540 Eco option provides fuel savings and reduces noise, and wear and tear by allowing implements requiring less power to be operated at an engine speed of only 1,560rpm.

Helping farmers achieve best possible efficiency and maximum productivity, the new MF 5S DynaVT tractors are all available with the full range of Massey Ferguson Smart Farming solutions.

Low cost of ownership

MF 5S Dyna-VT models benefit from the same low costs of ownership as current

Dyna-4 and Dyna-6 versions including 600-hour engine, and 2,400-hour transmission oil change intervals, and are backed by a generous factory warranty.

The MF 5S Dyna-VT will be shown for the first time at Agritechnica from November 9th–15th 2025, and customers can expect first deliveries to their farms by June 2026.

Autonomous R4 Robot Series Designed to Answer Specialty Crop Farming Challenge

New Holland, a recognized leader in both specialty crops and alternative energy solutions, is previewing an advanced concept at Agritechnica. The new R4 robot series is designed to help vineyard, orchard and specialty crop growers overcome sector challenges, including abour shortages and demands for more environmentally-friendly food production.

“High-value crops have huge market potential, but growers face production challenges including skilled labour shortages for highly repetitive work during seasonal peaks,” says Thierry Le Briquer, Grape, Olive & Coffee Global Manager at New Holland.

“R4 robots have been developed to automate such jobs, boosting both efficiency and sustainability with a zero-emission solution.”

Engineers from the CNH R&D Centre in Modena, Italy, and the New Holland Centre of Excellence for Specialty Harvesting in Coëx, France, together with colleagues from around the world, set out to refocus skilled human input where it matters: in value added tasks. The resulting R4 robots execute repetitive, lower value tasks where accurate and safe work does not depend on human presence – jobs such as interrow mowing or tillage. The two autonomous robots also address the most time-consuming tasks in vineyards and orchards – spraying, for example. Managed via an app, R4 machines are controlled via a combination of GPS, LIDAR and vision cameras.

“R4 is an all-new concept — there is no cab,” continues Le Briquer. “It has been designed fresh

from the ground up, yet it is built entirely on our inhouse foundation and using our expertise in electronics, powertrains, precision tech, and more. It’s the newest member of our product family, joining our lineup alongside tractors, grape harvesters, and other machines. “What makes it even more powerful is that it leverages the same autonomous tech stack and components we’ve developed for our cash crop and row crop platforms, showing the scalability and flexibility of our solutions. It fits right into our full product offering, sharing systems such as FieldOps and the same autonomy platform used across both cash crop and specialty machines. This makes it highly flexible, easy to upgrade, and well-supported for the future.

Two R4 Versions

New Holland has developed two versions of the R4 autonomous machine concept, each tailored to meet the specific needs of different specialist crop sectors. Both feature suspended rubber-track drive units to maximize traction and minimize compaction, and incorporate an intelligent, continuously-variable electric drivetrain. They can power implements electrically without hydraulic oil, reducing maintenance requirements, components, weight, emissions, cost and compaction. Both machines are compatible with existing implements.

Targeted primarily at highend narrow vineyards, R4 Electric Power is electrically-powered via a 40kWh battery pack. With a 1.38m maximum height and overall width of just 0.7m, the R4 Electric Power can work in 1.01.5m crop spacings and weighs just one tonne. A custom-designed, ultracompact hitch has a 500kg lift capacity, and the machine can also power electrically-driven implements.

Power is provided by a 59hp/44kW diesel engine which can run on vegetable oil-based fuels to cut emissions. This drives an electric generator pack for transmission and implement power. When suitable, R4 Hybrid Power can run in fully-electric mode, with the two 4kWh batteries powering the machine for zeroemission and quiet operation. The electrically-powered Cat I/II hitch is maintenance-free. A mechanical 540rpm PTO with intelligent progressive clutching works with standard implements - and a 48V/12kW ePTO socket can power future electrically-driven machines.

The bigger full-hybrid model, R4 Hybrid Power, is designed for orchards and fruit producers and offers more power and extended autonomy, with a power-toweight ratio double that of a conventional specialty tractor with similar output. Weighing 1,400kg and measuring 1.2m wide, the machine is optimized for row spacings of 1.5m and above. Its double-pass capability ensures complete coverage, allowing it to operate efficiently in large orchards without misses.

Implement Functions

Intelligent electrical implement management functions were conceived to ensure operator safety and further minimize the environmental impact of both R4 machines. For example, intelligent spraying technology can automate flow rate control and both headland management and canopy gap on/off switching.

It also automates spraying by canopy height. Additionally, work is continuing to develop a system to enable spot spraying according to disease detection.

“Our goal was to create fully autonomous machines requiring only remote supervision,” says Le Briquer. “R4 is a sustainable, intelligent, and adaptable robotic solution that offers exceptional value and a lower total cost of ownership compared to current alternatives. Built with proven components from within our ecosystem, R4 Electric and Hybrid Power gives farmers a reliable, future-ready advantage as they look to boost productivity and meet today’s labour and environmental challenges.”

Speciality tractors gain extra efficiency and ease of use with new continuously variable transmission option

Massey Ferguson, a worldwide brand of AGCO (NYSE:AGCO), is delighted to announce the addition of a continuously variable transmission option for its MF 3 speciality tractor range.

The MF 3 Speciality series includes five models from 75–115hp, each available in five working widths for specialised vineyard, fruit and orchard applications. The range already benefits from a choice of six mechanical transmissions, depending on model, but the new, DynaVT option for 105–115hp models will elevate the user experience, allowing them to fully concentrate on the application and their surroundings.

“Our MF 3 Speciality series is relied upon by specialist users worldwide, many in particularly demanding environments including hillsides and narrow vineyards,” explained Jérôme Aubrion, Director Marketing Massey Ferguson, Europe & Middle East. “Continuing our commitment to answering the needs of all types of farms, we are extremely pleased to add this new transmission option, to provide an even better operator experience and increase working accuracy, efficiency and automation.”

MF 3 Speciality Dyna-VT

• New, continuously variable transmission for simple operation

• Precise speed control from 0.1 to 40kph for precision applications

• Automatic travel and engine management maximise fuel efficiency

• Cruise control to maintain set speeds

• Two engine speed memories add convenience

• 40kph maximum speed saves time travelling between sites

• Available for models 105–115hp

Real advantages

For tasks such as mowing, pruning and residue mulching, stepless Dyna-VT allows users to constantly optimise the travel speed to suit the conditions, while for fertiliser or crop treatment applications a constant speed is easily maintained whatever the terrain.

The new transmission comes with selectable automatic and manual operating modes. Automatic mode simplifies operation, allowing the driver to control the speed using the accelerator pedal while the engine and transmission are automatically optimised to keep engine revs low and save fuel.

Manual mode allows the operator to adjust the engine and transmission independently, to suit a preference or task.

Smart features to simplify operation

Cruise control brings advantages when operating on hilly or undulating terrain by automatically maintaining pre-set travel speeds, while the user focuses on the task in-hand.

Virtual operating speed ranges can be set, to suit field, yard or transport applications. Working within predefined low- and high-speed parameters makes precise speed control easier and increases accuracy during field operations.

Operators can adjust the permissible engine speed drop (engine droop) under load, within a range of 0–100%. When a constant engine speed is essential, such as operating PTO- or hydraulic-powered implements, then a value closer to 0% can be selected. Where larger engine speed variations are permissible, then selecting a higher percentage and allowing revs to reduce further under heavier loads provides potential fuel savings.

Generously equipped

The new Dyna-VT transmission has been designed to provide maximum operating efficiency whatever the desired working speed, and the maximum 40kph for transport is achieved at just 1,750rpm.

Dyna VT models come with 540, 540e, 1,000 and 1,000e PTO outputs. Electro-hydraulic speed selection is through the dashboard display.

The 3t rear linkage lift capacity is among the highest in the tractors’ size and type class. Hydraulic oil flow of 95 litres/min through four spool valves is standard, with up to eight couplers available as an option.

Ready for complex tasks

In the cab, the MF 3 Speciality series’ straightforward operating concept is maintained. Air conditioning and CAT 4 filtration ensure a comfortable and safe cab environment.

The dashboard-mounted LCD display gives a clear view of all essential operating information. User-friendly menus are used to access and set-up tractor systems including engine and transmission management, PTO and hydraulics as well as automatic control sequences for headland turns.

Transmission operation is through a single main joystick, ideally located in front of the armrest. Using the multi-function joystick, the operator can shuttle between forward and reverse, activate the engine speed memory, select the drive take-up aggression and high or low ranges, or switch between manual and automatic transmission modes using large, practical buttons. A separate, smaller joystick on the main control panel provides convenient operation of hydraulic functions.

For maximum efficiency and productivity, the tractors come ISOBUS-ready. Guidance solutions are easily added in the form of MF EZ-PILOT or EZ-Pilot PRO steering systems, allowing the operator to focus on the work activity.

HOT NEWS FROM AGRITECHNICA 2025:

STEYR Traktoren is entering a completely new tractor category with the 360hp 6360 Cervus CVT, 390hp 6390 Cervus CVT and 435hp 6440 Cervus CVT, a development which gives the largest farm enterprises the

package of power, efficiency and technology they need to maximize productivity. Previewed at Agritechnica 2025, new Cervus CVT tractors feature:

• A new flexible compact design from the St.

2025: THE ALL-NEW STEYR CERVUS

Valentin plant in Austria, equally suited to ballasted heavy draft cultivations and to unballasted high payload tasks such as transport or front/rear hitch work.

• New independent suspended front axle complemented by semi-active cab suspension.

• New continuously-variable transmission with maximum 60kph travel speed

• New central tyre inflation system, the first integrated package from STEYR

Our new powerful all-rounder - the T6025

Discover the great advantages of this robust and diverse machine!

• 6 m lifting height = achieve big heights

• 2,5 t load capacity = super strong

• 2 x 2 m class = compact and mavourverable

LVS (Vertical Lift System) = high stability due to the unique driver assistance system

Test drive now at your Weidemann sales partner!

The 2060T lifts more than just material – it takes your everyday working life to a whole new level

From the telescopic arm, compact design to the powerful drive, it gives you reach and power wherever you need it.

This is for everyone who wants to reach up high.

Great working comfort included:

• Easy entry and exit

• Very spacious cabin

• Optimal visibility to the rear with the panoramic rear window

Lowering Assistant - for efficient and safe loading cycles

Day & Coles (Agricultural) Limited Newton Close, Park Farm, Wellingborough, Northants, NN8 6UW

Tel: 01933 673900

Why settle for standard when you can have Yanmar?

Choose a Yanmar tractor and you choose a machine designed and built by Yanmar from the ground up. Backed by over 100 years of experience.

Technology that delivers infinite speed control, high torque output and cleaner emissions.

More power and a smooth, comfortable ride for the days that go well past sundown.

Arbgear Ltd Unit 5, Priory Piece Business Park Priory Farm Lane, Inkberrow Worcestershire WR7 4HT

Tel: 01789 576008

www.arb-gear.co.uk

Used4Turf

Allens Farm,Tye Road, Colchester,Essex, CO7 7BN

Tel: 07483 869941

www.used4turf.co.uk

FREE DUAL SECURITY PACKAGE WITH YOUR NEW CFMOTO

CFMOTO is stepping up your ATV and UTV security. When you purchase any new CFMOTO machine*, ensure you ask your dealer to include our Dual Security Package and it will be fitted completely free of charge.

This package combines ATVTrac GPS tracking + 1 year subscription and VIN Chip data marking, offering double layer protection for your vehicle.

Even better, when both systems are fitted, you could qualify for up to 22.5% off your insurance premium with NFU Mutual on your Agricultural Vehicle Policy.

That’s serious security, and serious savings.

What’s included in your Dual Security Package

ATVTrac – Thatcham approved tracking (Category S7)

• Tracks your ATV or UTV in real time to within 3 to 5 metres (GPS) or just 1 metre (RF).

• Live monitoring through the ATVTrac app.

• A Theft Recovery Team works directly with police to recover stolen vehicles quickly.

• Rollover alerts automatically notify your chosen emergency contact.

VIN Chip – Advanced forensic data marking

• Unique RFID microchips and visible warning decals deter theft.

• Police can scan within 30 metres to instantly confirm your vehicle’s identity.

• Your details are recorded on the national CRiS database for 24/7 verification.

• A dedicated police liaison team speeds up recovery and identification.

Together, these systems give your CFMOTO unbeatable traceability and theft deterrence. Simply ask your dealer to include the Dual Security Package when you order your new machine.

Why theft protection matters more than ever

Rural crime is still costing farmers and landowners across the UK millions of pounds every year.

The NFU Mutual Rural Crime Report 2024 revealed that ATV and quad bike thefts totalled more than £2.7 million in claims last year alone. As reported by Farmers Weekly, “Policing and crime minister Sarah Jones said an estimated 900 to 1,200 quad bikes and ATVs were stolen in England and Wales each year”.

Organised gangs are targeting farms, estates, and rural businesses, often moving machines within minutes.

And while the government recently scrapped the proposed immobiliser mandate for ATVs, there is growing discussion around a new national database requiring all ATVs to include GPS tracking and forensic marking.

At CFMOTO UK + Ireland, we’re not waiting for regulations to catch up. We’re acting now by giving our customers the technology and protection that future legislation is likely to require, free of charge.

Leading the field, not following it

While some brands are still waiting to see what comes next, CFMOTO is already there.

This Dual Security Package means every new CFMOTO can be protected by industry leading GPS tracking and forensic marking right from the start.

*Offer not available on CFORCE 110 Youth ATV

£1,000

Yamaha ATV Specialists

s newly appointed Main Dealers for Yamaha ATVs for North Yorkshire, Tom Taylor ATV can offer you a wealth of choice with their extensive range of New ATVs to suit your individual needs. All pre-owned ATVs are fully serviced in our own workshops to the highest standards, we aim to give you, the customer, that all important “peace of mind”. When your machine requires service or repairs, pick-ups and drop-offs can be pre-arranged. It’s just a phone call away. Specialists servicing Yamaha, Honda and Can-Am ATVs. Come and see us to

view new machine in our showroom, deals always available or call Tom Taylor for a demo on 01904 758105

With over 40 years ATV experience, Tom Taylor knows how provide the best possible service and support to the industry. We have a comprehensive selection of ATV Accessories and Equipment available from • C-DAX ATV Equipment • LOGIC ATV Equipment • TFM TRAILERS • Longdog ATV Equipment • Chapman Machinery • Moose ATV Products • Data Tool Tracker Recovery Systems.

RVW Pugh Ltd

Oakwood Park, Holmes Chapel Cheshire, CW4 8AX

Tel: 01477 533560 www.rvwpugh.co.uk

TR Machinery

Burnside Business Park, Market Drayton, Shropshire, TF9 3UX

Tel: 01630 653801

www.trmachinery.co.uk

Stirling's Powersports

East Fulton House, Darluith Road, Paisley, Linwood, PA3 3TP Tel: 01505 382222 www.stirlingspowersports.com

RVW Pugh Ltd

Mellington, Churchstoke Montgomery, Powys SY15 6TQ

Tel: 01588 620545

Forensic markings to be applied to ATVs and GPS units following NFU lobbying

The government has committed to introducing legislation that will make it a requirement for all new ATVs and GPS units to have forensic markings in an effort to deter thieves, following sustained NFU lobbying for the scope of the Equipment Theft Act to be widened.

On 17 October, the governmentpublished its responseto the Home Office's Call for Evidence to provide secondary legislation that would extend the scope of the Equipment Theft Act.

In its response, the government has said it will introduce regulations to Parliament this year which will require all new ATVs and GPS units to have forensic markings and for the details to be registered on a property database.

“Former Minister for Policing and Crime Prevention Dame Diana Johnson’s remarks at ourNFU summer receptionearlier this year – that there is still more to be done in tackling machinery theft –still rings true,” Rachel said. “The inclusion of removable GPS units in the legislation is a positive step forward, especially with GPS theft still on the rise and theNFU Mutual’s latest reportshowing it cost more than £4 million last year.”

The NFU Vice-president did express disappointment, however, that key measures such as mandatory immobilisers for new ATVs, protections for larger agricultural vehicles or even GPS units integrated with larger machinery have been left out.

Since the Equipment Theft Act came into law the NFU has been urging the government to extend the measures outlined within it to include GPS units, which have increasingly become frequent targets for theft.

The NFU worked closely with Greg Smith, MP for Mid Buckinghamshire, and the National Rural Crime Unit on the Equipment Theft Act, which became law in 2023, giving the Home Secretary the power to make regulations that deter the theft and resale of quads and ATVs.

“Rural crime continues to be a huge issue for our members and we welcome the government’s recognition of its devastating consequences in the Equipment Theft Act’s secondary legislation.”

NFU Vice-president Rachel Hallos

Progress made, but missed opportunity on larger kit

NFU Vice-president Rachel Hallos welcomed the recognition from the government of the "devastating consequences" of rural crime for farming businesses.

We argued that introducing a mandatory register for ATVs and other high-value equipment, alongside defined standards for immobilisers, forensic marking and tracking technologies to support stolen machinery recovery, would be crucial steps toward deterring organised crime gangs targeting farming businesses.

The government's response to the call for evidence confirmed that secondary legislation will not cover fitting immobilisers to new ATVs and will not extend to other large agricultural machinery.

“While progress has been made, this response feels like a missed opportunity to deliver meaningful deterrents against the organised criminal networks targeting our sector,” Rachel added.

The NFU will continue to lobby for improved security for farm equipment. There are a number of ways the Act can be strengthened including:

• fitting immobilisers on new ATVs

• the legislation extended to larger agricultural equipment.

Credit: NFU www.nfuonline.com

SERIOUS ABOUT WORK

Corvus Terrain DX4 and DX2. The first UTVs made in Europe bring together pioneering sustainability and advanced technology. Constructed for the hardest off-road work in agriculture, livestock, forestry, groundscare and construction.

Highly adaptable, the Terrain features a 3-cylinder 24hp Yanmar Diesel engine for excellent fuel efficiency and range.

• St ag e V emission compliant

• Road legal to T1a/T1b tractor regulation with top speed of 40mph/65kph

• Power steering

• Full cab and heater options, including air conditioning

Supported by a specialised dealer network throughout the UK and Ireland.

To find your local dealer, visit www.bossorv.co.uk

ABREY AGRICULTURAL

Pamphillions Farm, Purton End, Debden CB11 3JT 01799 543208

ACE ATV

Woodgate Road, Stoke Prior, Woodgate, Bromsgrove B60 4HB 01527 578668

DAVID TAYLOR GARAGES

Granada Park Motors, A4077, Llangattock, Crickhowell NP8 1HW 01873 810304

TOM TAYLOR ATV

Unit 16/17 Windmill House Ind Est, Sutton Road, York YO32 2RA 01904 758105

Celebrating 40 Years of Polaris ATVs

Polaris Off Road, the world leader in powersports and off-road innovation, is celebrating a historic milestone: 40 years since the introduction of the first Americanengineered ATV. Since 1985, Polaris has led the way in shaping the ATV industry, delivering purpose-built innovation, legendary performance, and a spirit of adventure that continues to define the category today.

To mark this anniversary, Polaris has unveiled the Sportsman XP 1000 S 40th Anniversary Edition, a limited release that blends nostalgia and modern design with a package of premium features. With a colourway and graphics package inspired by the iconic 1996 Sportsman 500 - one of the bestselling ATVs of its era - the 40th Anniversary Edition carries the legacy forward with exclusive retroinspired graphics, commemorative badging, and premium Super Graphite paint.

“The 40th Anniversary Edition is a celebration of the legacy Polaris ATVs have built over four decades,” said

Rodrigo Lourenco, Vice President Off Road Vehicles Sales, EMEA. “From the first American-engineered ATV in 1985 to today’s Sportsman and Scrambler models, we have consistently raised the bar for performance, versatility and durability. This anniversary is about honouring that history, while continuing to innovate for the future.”

2026 Sportsman XP 1000 S 40th Anniversary Edition

The Sportsman XP 1000 S 40th Anniversary Edition is a limited release that embodies the spirit of adventure and excellence. The edition

offers a unique blend of nostalgia and modern design, with exclusive 90s-inspired graphics that celebrate its heritage, set upon the top-ofthe-range 2026 Sportsman XP 1000 S model that features modern technology like multiselect electronic power steering (EPS) for less rider fatigue, ProSteer technology to eliminate bump steer, turf mode for gentler riding, ondemand all-wheel drive (AWD) for extra traction when it is needed most, as well as an engine braking system (EBS) and active descent control (ADC) for a more confident ride.

The Sportsman XP 1000 S platform is Polaris’

top-spec, top-of-the-range ATV, delivering huge off-road capability with its powerful 952cc ProStar engine, and superior stability with its industry-topping 144cm wide stance. Key features include highclearance dual A-arm suspension with 29.5cm front and 35.6cm rear travel, 27″ Duro Powergrip II tyres for optimal traction, and a highstrength frame engineered for maximum durability. XP 1000 S also comes with three rider-selectable drive modes: standard, work and performance. When it comes to work, Sportsman XP 1000 S is ready to go with a 1,588kg winch fitted as standard, a huge 136kg rear rack /91kg front rack capacity, and 830kg towing capacity.

40 Years Strong Campaign

Polaris is proud to celebrate four decades of innovation, performance and trust with the launch of its new video campaign, “40 Years Strong”.

Polaris has been at the heart of riders’ lives around the world since introducing its first ATV in 1985. The

Tong Park Industrial Estate Baildon, Shipley, West Yorkshire, BD17 7QD

Tel: 07701 070156 www.yorkshireatv.com

campaign pays tribute to the countless ways customers have relied on Polaris ATVs over the years, from early starts alongside farmers and long days hauling hay for smallholders, to adventurous trail rides through mud and dust, and the excitement of seeing checkered flags in the racing community.

Whether for work, play, or competition, Polaris has proudly stood by its ATV riders for 40 years, and “40 Years Strong” shines a light on the people who have made Polaris part of their journey.

The first episode, titled “40 Years of Early Starts,” pays homage to the farming community that wakes up before dawn each day and relies on Polaris ATVs as a trusted partner in their work. The series will be featured across Polaris Off Road’s social media channels in Europe, as well as on the Polaris Off Road International YouTube channel, with the first episode live today.

The 2026 Sportsman XP 1000 S 40th Anniversary Edition will be available in dealers across Europe this winter. Yorkshire ATV Ltd Unit 3

Bruce Hopkins Limited

Shenington Airfield Oxon, OX15 6NW Tel 01295 680 711

Argyll Engineers Limited

www.brucehopkins.co.uk

Tel: 0330 041 5141 Polarisbritain.com

Lindstead Farm & Garden Machinery

The Garage, Linstead Parva, Halesworth, IP19 0AA Tel 01986 785272

Glenshellach Road, Oban PA34 4BH. Tel 01631 565 011 www.argyllengineers.com

Bruce Hopkins Limited

www.polaris-halesworth.co.uk

Taylors Tools (KL) Limited

Shenington Airfield, Oxon OX15 6NW. Tel 01295 680 711 www.brucehopkins.co.uk

43 Hempstead Road, Kings Langley, WD4 8BS Tel 01923 268 355 www.taylorstools.co.uk

Clwyd Agricultural Limited Terfyn Buildings, Caerwys Road Dyserth, Rhyl LL18 6HT. Tel 01745 571 018 www.clwydagri.co.uk

Day & Coles (Agricultural) Limited

Newton Close, Park Farm, Wellingborough, Northamptonshire NN8 6UW Tel 01933 673 900 www.dayandcoles.co.uk

Halls of Bromyard Tenbury Road, Bromyard Herefordshire HR7 4LL Tel 01885 489 199 www.hallsofbromyard.com

LJ & CA Cannings

Challow House Farm, Main Street, East Challow, Wantage, Oxfordshire OX12 9SR Tel 01235 763 103 www.ljcannings.co.uk

Taylors Tools (KL) Limited

43 Hempstead Road, Kings Langley WD4 8BS Tel 01923 268 355 www.taylorstools.co.uk

PATHCROSS ATVS AND WORKCROSS UTVS

Choose the Pathcross ATV 525/650/800/1000cc

Discover the exceptional from a global leading powersports manufacturer. Unleash the power with V-Twin engines. Tackle the most rugged trails and rough terrain. Enhance your ride with advanced suspension and electronic fuel injection. Enjoy the comfort with a cab, heating and air conditioning.

Satisfy all your expectations with the Workcross 525/650/800/1000cc

GO BEYOND ROADS. GO TO YOUR DEALER

AK Offroad

66 Glenshesk Road

Ballycastle Co Antrim, BT54 6PY

Tel: 07548 788592 or 07764 250425

www.akoffoad.co.uk

Conagri

Burston Court, AMIA House, Burston Lane, Crediton EX17 6LB

Tel: 01392 984258 www.conagri.co.uk

Catley Engineering Ltd

New Farm, Desford Lane, Peckleton, Leicestershire, LE9 7RB

Tel: 01455 698087

www.catleyengineering.co.uk

Distributed by:

AL Agri Ltd

Haughs of Ballinshoe Forfar DD8 3TL

Tel: 01307 496679

www.al-agri.co.uk

John Drysdale

Agricultural Engineers

Parkhouse Farm, Main Street, Kinross, KY13 9HN Tel: 01592 840691

Kirkland UK

Griffins Farm

Pleasure House Lane

Maidstone, ME17 3NW

Tel: 01622 843013 www.kirklanduk.com

Readman Mowers

The Shed, Sand Lane, Wilberfoss, YO41 5PB

Tel: 01759 380 231 readmanmowers.co.uk

Bill Davies ATV

Southern Avenue, Leominster, HR6 0QF

Tel: 01568 613104

billdaviesatv.co.uk

Agri Service

The Workshop Denne Hill Farm, Womenswold, Canterbury, Kent, CT4 6HD Tel: 07484 120086

Workhorse on a Budget: Why the Aodes 650 Punches Above Its Weight

By Marcus Sutton, Farmer – Crosby Grange Farm, Northallerton

The Aodes 650 UTV is possibly the lowest-priced machine on the market, yet it comes packed with features you’d usually expect on far more expensive models. It offers a full cabin with heating, wipers, and lighting, along with switchable 4WD and differential locks. Inside, you get 12v and USB charging sockets, a practical opening windscreen, positiveshutting doors, comfortable seating, a wellpositioned steering wheel, cup holders, and handy lockers. There’s even the option of a touchscreen media centre, which is a nice modern touch.

Powered by a strong 56hp engine, the Aodes 650 delivers more than enough performance for everyday farm use. It’s economical, quick, and nimble, with excellent low-down torque for when you really need pulling power. Whether tackling steep inclines or towing, it copes with ease. Payload capacity and towing capability are both impressive, adding to its versatility.

On the farm, we put the machine to use carrying tools and materials, fencing, and towing tasks. In every case, it handled the work with comfort and confidence.

In essence, I could start looking for things to knock it, but the truth is, for a little over £12,000, it would be unfair. That’s the price tag of many used machines from the well-known brands. This is a winner for the money – it’s brand new and comes with a very good and comprehensive warranty.

For me, it’s difficult to find fault with this machine, especially considering its price tag. It represents outstanding value for money. My only reservation would be around long-term service and dealer support, but that will depend on the local network.

Overall, the Aodes 650 UTV is a well-built, capable, and affordable workhorse that does everything asked of it without complaint.

Mule Pro-FX HD Edition: The Ideal Working Partner

Kawasaki's 2025 lineup has introduced two new standout models to the UK market: the MULE Pro-FX and the Brute Force 450 T-cat. These vehicles cater to a diverse range of users, from agricultural professionals to recreational enthusiasts, offering a blend of performance, comfort, and utility.

Mule Pro-FX HD Edition: The Ideal Working Partner

The MULE Pro-FX's unique features including self-levelling rear suspension, built in bed lift kit, power steering, petrol engine and high ground clearance, make this new addition to the Kawasaki range the perfect companion for work and play.

Powered by a Kawasaki-built 999 cm3 liquidcooled, 4-stroke Parallel Twin engine combined with a highly reliable continuously variable transmission (CVT) delivering excellent driveability: throttle response and reassuring engine braking, adding to driver confidence when descending slopes.The layout has been carefully considered with user maintenance in mind, ensuring easy access to oil filter and aircleaner filter, while an easy to reach air intake contributes to longer maintenance intervals.

A ground clearance of 300 mm reduces the chances of the MULE Pro-FX touching down which translates to greater accessibility and increased ride comfort. Additionally, doublewishbone suspension is used both front and rear to enable each of the wheels to drive over obstacles with minimum effect on the chassis. For an enhanced user experience Kawasaki’s high-grade electric power steering (EPS) system is speed sensitive, offering light steering effort at low speed, while reducing assistance as vehicle speed increases to ensure responsive steering.

Befitting for a high spec machine, electrically “selectable” 2WD/4WD and rear differential lock allow easy changing between drive systems to suit changing terrain and application plus the dual-mode rear differential provides maximum traction when locked and minimises ground disturbance when unlocked.

When go turns to slow front and rear disc brakes ensure strong, sure stopping power. The hydraulic disc system offers predictable performance, delivering brake power that

matches input at the brake pedal. And with a load capacity of 453 kg (1,000 lbs) plus towing ability of 907 kg (2,000 lbs), the MULE Pro-FX is built for work – hard work!

Brute Force 450 T-CAT: Performance Meets Practicality

The Brute Force 450 T-cat is Kawasaki's first ATV to receive European WTVA approval for road-going certification, allowing it to be registered for both on-road and off-road use in applicable countries. This 443 cm³ CVT transmission-equipped machine falls within the T3b category, with a maximum legal road speed of 60 km/h.

Featuring a 24.4 kW (33.4 PS) single-cylinder, four-stroke engine that offers smooth and controllable power delivery, the vehicle's drivetrain includes electrically selectable 2WD/ 4WD and a differential lock for maximum traction, making it versatile for various terrains.

The Brute Force 450 T-cat is designed with durability and functionality in mind. It offers a front rack capacity of 34 kg and a rear rack capacity of 68 kg. The vehicle also boasts a towing capacity of 476 kg, making it suitable for a wide range of work situations. Its compact body ensures easy manoeuvrability, while the independent suspension provides a comfortable ride. Take on any terrain with the Brute Force 450 – Built for What Drives You.

The launch of the MULE Pro-FX and Brute Force 450 T-cat in the UK reflects Kawasaki's commitment to meeting the diverse needs of its customers. By offering vehicles that cater to both utility and recreational markets, Kawasaki aims to strengthen its presence in the UK and across Europe.

With the Brute Force 450 T-cat's road-going certification, it opens up new possibilities for ATV users in the UK. Its powerful engine and advanced drivetrain systems make it suitable for both work and leisure activities.

With their blend of performance, comfort, and utility, these vehicles are designed to meet the evolving needs of users across various sectors. Whether for work or recreation, Kawasaki's latest models offer reliable and versatile solutions for the modern user. Please contact your local dealer for further information or visit www.kawasaki.co.uk

Now is the right time to get a CAN-AM 2 YEARS OF EXTENDED WARRANTY ON ATV & SSV !

Mitasintroduces GRANTERRA VF PFO tire range for High-Horsepower Tractors

Mitas proudly unveilsGRANTERRA, the next-generation tire range engineered for today's most powerful and demanding tractors.

Building on decades of expertise in agricultural tire manufacturing, Mitas developed GRANTERRA range to meet the evolving needs of modern farming, where efficiency, soil protection, and productivity must work hand in hand. With advanced VF PFO (Very High Flexion –Pressure Field Operation) technology, reinforced carcass construction, and an entirely new tread design, the new Mitas tire line has been engineered to deliver outstanding performance where it matters most, in the field. Every feature of the tire has been designed to maximize traction, protect the soil, and ensure consistent performance even under the toughest working conditions.

Its deep tread pattern ensures excellent traction during demanding field operations, maintaining grip and stability even in soft or uneven terrain and at low inflation pressures. This means reliable performance and consistent pulling power, whatever the conditions. The wide tread design further enhances stability, distributing the load more evenly to reduce soil compaction and extend tire life, a key factor for both productivity and soil preservation.

A raised area between the lugs significantly improves resistance to stubble damage, preventing early aging of the tireand ensuring the tire maintains its performance over time, even in the most challenging environments.

At the heart of GRANTERRA lies VF PFO technology, which guarantees exceptional flexibility and soil protection. Operating at lower pressures and speeds (5–15 km/h) in high-torque applications, the tire achieves a larger, more uniform footprint, improving load distribution and reducing soil stress. The result is a tire that not only performs with power and precision but also helps preserve soil health, boosting longterm productivity and supporting more sustainable farming practices.

"With GRANTERRA, we are reaffirming Mitas' role as a key player across all agricultural segments," said Roberta D'Agnano, Global Marketing Director at Mitas.

"GRANTERRA embodies our vision of farming that's powerful, precise, and efficient. It's the result of listening to the real needs of farmers and contractors, and translating them into innovation that protects the land while boosting productivity."

Unveiled today at Agritechnica 2025 at Mitas stand (Hall 20, booth B58), GRANTERRA represents a major milestone in Mitas' ongoing journey of innovation, with the debut of the VF 710/75R42 PFO, the first size in the new range, underscoring the brand's commitment to delivering advanced solutions for the next generation of high-horsepower tractors.

To find out more about Mitas agricultural tires go to:www.mitas-tires.com

Prometeon Tyre Group presents new Serie 02 Agro tyre at Agritechnica 2025

Prometeon Tyre Group, a leading company in the commercial, agricultural and OTR tyre sectors, is taking part in this year’s Agritechnica, the world’s largest trade fair for agricultural machinery, which will be held in Hanover, Germany, from 9 to 15 November 2025.

Within the stand housing Sindipeças – the Brazilian association that brings together automotive component manufacturers – Prometeon will showcase the AT02 tyre, one of the most advanced solutions developed by the Group for the Agriculture range. There is a natural connection with Brazil, where Prometeon manufactures its tyres for this segment at its Gravataí and Santo André plants.

The Serie 02 for the Agro business is a line of radial tyres designed for tractors (AT02), harvesters (H02) and sprayers (SX02), available with standard, IF (Improved Flexion) or VF (Very High Flexion) technology. Featuring reinforced lugs that are 10% higher than the previous line and an optimised tread pattern ensuring improved traction and self-cleaning, the new Serie 02 for Agro delivers maximum performance with reduced fuel consumption. Its radial structure with advanced polymer technology provides a larger footprint, better load distribution and lower ground pressure, thus minimising soil compaction and enhancing agricultural productivity. The reinforced bead and special tread compounds offer excellent resistance to cuts, chipping, fatigue and wear, ensuring long-lasting durability. Highly versatile, Serie 02 tyres for the Agro range deliver reliable performance on all types of terrain and conditions, including road use, where they guarantee excellent safety, comfort and handling.

Dario Gotti, Global Head of OE and Agro Business at Prometeon, stated: “Our established presence in the LATAM market has made us a benchmark in terms of performance and brand awareness in the agricultural tyre sector. Prometeon’s strategy is to extend this leadership globally, as we have already done in the Truck & Bus Radial tyres segment. Agritechnica represents an important opportunity for us to meet key customers and OEMs, with whom we have long-standing partnerships. The agricultural tyre business requires a high level of expertise, both in research and development and in manufacturing processes –elements that are core to Prometeon and allow us to

play a leading role in the international market.”

Igor Zucato, Global Head of Agro R&D at Prometeon, commented: “The new Serie 02 product line for the Agro business represents the culmination of our research in terms of efficiency, sustainability and performance. Every component – from the radial structure to the material compounds – has been designed to meet the needs of an increasingly technological and productivity-driven sector. Our goal is to provide operators with solutions that enhance agricultural work while reducing fuel consumption and the environmental impact.”

UK focus on the agricultural sector

In the UK, Prometeon is strengthening its commitment to the agricultural and off-the-road sectors, with Matthew Warren appointed as the dedicated Business Development Manager for Agricultural and OTR tyres from 1 December 2025. Matthew’s role will focus on supporting UK farmers, contractors and agricultural businesses, as Prometeon expands its range of specialist tyres designed for modern farming applications.

On ice and snow, RIDEMAX FROST stands out for its excellent performance: confirmation from UTAC testing

On snow and ice, every inch of grip makes a difference. This is where the true quality of a tire is measured. In independent tests conducted by UTAC in Finland, BKT's RIDEMAX FROST demonstrated control and safety even where grip is most difficult to maintain, achieving top-tier performance in braking, acceleration, and handling.

Balkrishna Industries Ltd. (BKT), a leading global Off-Highway tire manufacturer, marks a new milestone in its innovation history. In tests conducted by UTAC–one of the world's most renowned testing centers–RIDEMAX FROST achieved excellent results on snow-covered and icy surfaces, standing out particularly for its traction and ability to maintain control compared to premium and second-brand tires used for comparison.

The tests were conducted by UTAC, the internationally accredited independent body for tire and vehicle testing, which validated the results according to protocols recognized in the automotive industry. Its test center in northern Finland is a state-of-the-art laboratory: over 100 kilometers of covered and uncovered tracks, with surfaces dedicated to testing on snow, ice, and wet conditions.

The test results are rooted in the very technology of RIDEMAX FROST, designed by BKT to deliver high performance in extreme winter conditions. The special cold-resistant compound, developed to maintain flexibility and grip even at sub-zero temperatures, ensures constant grip on cold and compact surfaces. The tread, featuring micro-sipes and a deep directional pattern, increases the number of contact points with the ground, improving traction and reducing the risk of slipping. The reinforced radial architecture and uniform ground pressure distribution contribute to ensuring comfort, stability, and a long service life. All these elements explain the superiority demonstrated by RIDEMAX FROST in the tests conducted by UTAC.

The tests, repeated ten times each on a premium tractor, analyzed braking, acceleration, and handling.

The results speak for themselves: RIDEMAX FROST provided greater control, more traction, and faster, safer stops than the competing tires tested.

In the non-ABS braking test, decelerating from 25 km/h to 5 km/h, the BKT tire showed approximately 4% higher braking efficiency than the premium benchmark tire and up to 9% higher than the second brand on compact snow, while performance on ice remains comparable to the

best premium tires, confirming its ability to guarantee stability and safety even in the most critical grip conditions.

In the ice acceleration test, RIDEMAX FROST confirmed its superiority both in the non-studded version, with performance 4% higher than the premium brand and 33% higher than the second brand, and in the studded version, where the advantage increased further, reaching +7% and +13% respectively.

The merit goes to a compound, which has been optimized for low temperatures, and a studded pattern designed with scientific precision by BKT's R&D team.

In a test of this kind, acceleration is much more than a numerical value: it is a direct indicator of traction capacity, i.e., the force with which the tire transfers driving power to the ground without losing grip.

This is an essential parameter for those working on snowy or icy surfaces, where every vehicle movement requires stability and constant grip. Just think, for instance, of snow removal or road cleaning operations with rotary brooms and frontmounted equipment: in these contexts, traction is not only a matter of performance, but also of efficiency and operational safety. A tire that is able to maintain constant acceleration reduces slippage, ensures greater control, and optimizes

fuel consumption and wear on mechanical components.

In practice, this translates into smoother starts on ice, less slipping, and constant traction even on slopes or uneven surfaces.

The subjective handling test—which measures driving perception—then completed the picture: RIDEMAX FROST stood out for its stability, smoothness in corners, and perceived safety. Fewer steering corrections, more comfort, and a feeling of constant control even on the most challenging stretches.

"The results obtained in the UTAC tests position BKT and RIDEMAX FROST among the premium benchmarks on the market," comments Piero Torassa, Field Engineering Director, BKT Europe. "But what makes us most proud is that these results are not just numbers: they translate into concrete benefits for those who work every day on difficult terrain— more safety, more efficiency, and stable driving even in the most extreme conditions."

The tests conducted by UTAC, the internationally accredited and recognized body, once again confirm the soundness of BKT's research and the quality of its solutions.

RIDEMAX FROST is not just a tire that can withstand winter: it is a concentration of technology and reliability that brings safety, traction, and comfort even where the road seems to disappear under the snow.

Trelleborg Tires launched the TM200 ProgressiveTraction at Agritechnica 2025

Engineered for specialized farming, the TM200 ProgressiveTraction® combined VF and ProgressiveTraction® technologies to deliver up to 15% more traction, 26% greater stability and 10% longer tire life for efficient and precise operations in vineyards and orchards.

Trelleborg Tires officially launched the TM200 ProgressiveTraction® at Agritechnica 2025, presenting it to the international press during a dedicated conference at its stand B58 in Hall 20.

The new tire set a technological benchmark in the specialized agriculture segment as the first conventional VF (Very High Flexion) tire developed for vineyard and orchard applications, where precision, stability, and soil protection were essential.

By combining VF and ProgressiveTraction® technologies, the TM200 ProgressiveTraction® delivered excellent traction, low compaction, and reduced soil stress. Its ability to operate at low inflation pressures enhanced comfort during field operations. Versatile in all conditions, it featured an advanced tread design and premium materials, ensuring long-lasting performance with a reduced environmental footprint.

Trelleborg Tires’ proprietary ProgressiveTraction® technology, an award-winning innovation recognized for its effectiveness in modern farming, played a key role in the tire’s performance. Its unique double-edge lug design increased grip and stability, providing up to 15% more traction than competitors’ standard tires and improving productivity and fuel efficiency while ensuring safer, more comfortable operations even on sloped terrain.

The TM200 ProgressiveTraction® featured VF technology, enabling operation at lower inflation pressures to reduce soil compaction while maintaining full load capacity for precise and efficient fieldwork. Ideal for tractors with heavy front-mounted implements, it allowed operators to perform tasks accurately while preserving soil integrity, delivering up to 40% higher load capacity and 8% improved soil protection compared to standard tires.

Its reinforced VF carcass provided superior flexibility and lateral stability even in demanding working conditions, ensuring safe operations on slopes and uneven ground. Based on comparative tests, the TM200 ProgressiveTraction® also achieved 26% greater lateral stability and 10% longer tire life versus competitors’ standard tires, resulting in enhanced productivity, reduced fuel consumption, and longlasting performance in the field.

“With the TM200 ProgressiveTraction®, Trelleborg Tires continued to tread the future of the agricultural tire industry,” said Luca Sabelli, Brand Director Trelleborg Tires. “We were proud to introduce VF technology to specialized tractors for vineyard and orchard operations, supporting farmers in reaching new levels of performance, control, and operating efficiency — transforming innovation into real advantages for tomorrow’s agriculture.”

Each TM200 ProgressiveTraction® tire was equipped with a unique QR code, giving farmers instant access to product information, best-use recommendations, and technical support.

Consistent with the entire Trelleborg agricultural tire range, all Trelleborg Tires were developed to deliver maximum traction and extended durability through high-quality engineering. Featuring advanced tread patterns and premium compound materials, they were built to maximize the productivity and efficiency required by modern farming, ensuring long-lasting performance even in the most demanding conditions.

With the launch of the TM200 ProgressiveTraction®, Trelleborg Tires continued to support agricultural professionals with innovative, field-proven solutions designed to enhance performance and efficiency in modern and specialized farming.

MASTER BUILDER OF THE YEAR 2025 WINS BRAND NEW ISUZU D-MAX

Isuzu UK, headline sponsor of the Federation of Master Builders (FMB) Master Builder Awards, is privileged to congratulate R & M Williams Limited on being named Overall Master Builder of the Year 2025 at the prestigious awards evening, held on 26th September 2025 at the Kimpton Clocktower Hotel in Manchester.

The Neath-based construction firm took home the top honour for its remarkable transformation of Swansea’s historic Palace Theatre, a derelict Grade II listed landmark brought back to life as a modern workspace and cultural hub. The project forms part of Swansea’s £1bn city centre regeneration, turning two decades of decay into a symbol of Welsh craftsmanship, collaboration, and civic pride.

As the headline sponsor of the bi-annual awards since 2019, Isuzu UK presented the overall national winner with the keys to a brand-new Isuzu D-Max DL40, finished in Obsidian Grey and equipped for site life with over-rail liner, towbar, and bespoke ‘Master Builder of the Year’ decals. The official vehicle handover to the winners took place at the end of October.

The Master Builder Awards, hosted this year by Nick Knowles, are the UK’s premier celebration of small and medium-sized construction firms that deliver exceptional quality, innovation, and social value.

The judging panel praised R & M Williams Limited’s £10m restoration of the Palace Theatre as “a spectacular achievement that turned two decades of decay into something truly beautiful,” a project that successfully combines heritage conservation with modern engineering and community benefit.

Brian Berry, Chief Executive of the Federation of Master Builders, commented: “We’re delighted to have Isuzu UK as our headline sponsor for a fourth consecutive time. Our continued partnership helps us celebrate the incredible skill and dedication of small builders across the country. The Isuzu D-Max is the perfect prize for a Master Builder. Robust, dependable, and built to handle any challenge, just like our award winners.”

George Wallis, Head of Marketing at Isuzu UK, added: “The Master Builder Awards recognise the very best in the business. We’re thrilled to hand over a brand-new Isuzu D-Max to R & M Williams for their outstanding work on Swansea’s Palace Theatre, Wales’ oldest surviving theatre, where this Grade II listed building has been sympathetically reinvigorated for the local community. Like the DMax, this project proves that with the right tools and determination, you can overcome all challenges.”

2025 marks the fourth time Isuzu UK has proudly sponsored the Master Builder Awards, reinforcing the brand’s deep connection with the construction industry. Trusted by builders and tradespeople across Britain, the multi-award-winning Isuzu DMax range embodies the toughness, reliability, and capability that professionals depend on every day. Find out more about Isuzu’s involvement with FMB at: www.isuzu.co.uk/sponsorship.

In addition, Isuzu UK recently launched the Isuzu D-Max V-Cross Commercial, a premium two-seater pick-up designed for construction, trades, and business use, offering tax efficiency, secure load space, and premium interior features, making it a perfect choice for site-based professionals. Find out more here: www.isuzu.co.uk/isuzu-d-max-vcross-commercial.

ISUZU ENTERS SECOND YEAR OF PARTNERSHIP WITH GREEN LANE ASSOCIATION

Isuzu UK is proud to announce the continuation of its partnership with the Green Lane Association as the collaboration enters its second year. This ongoing relationship reinforces Isuzu’s commitment to promoting responsible off-roading, environmental awareness, and access preservation across the UK and Northern Ireland.

Throughout the first year, Isuzu supported the Green Lane Association through its digital marketing platforms and nationwide dealer network, many of whom are active green laners. The collaboration also included a series of green lane journeys alongside Association representatives, exploring the UK’s countryside, capturing the scenery, and promoting responsible driving practices.

As an official supporter, Isuzu has been featured in the Green Lane Association’s Magazine, published twice a year, and has joined the Association at outdoor shows to encourage responsible green laning among current and potential members.

• Be Wise: Consider the Four Ws, Weather, Weight, Width, and Winches, to prevent environmental and surface damage.

• Be Eco: Respect the countryside by keeping to defined tracks, avoiding disturbance to wildlife, and leaving no litter behind.

• Be Good: Act as ambassadors for responsible motoring by driving quietly, courteously, and at sensible speeds.

Through education and cooperation, the Green Lane Association ensures that off-roading remains both enjoyable and sustainable for future generations.

Tristan Craddock, Director at the Green Lane Association, commented: “Our partnership with Isuzu has been incredibly positive. Isuzu’s support has helped us reach a wider audience of responsible off-roaders and raise awareness about preserving the UK’s green lanes. It’s refreshing to work with a brand that not only values capability but also truly understands the importance of sustainability in off-roading.”

The partnership thrives on shared values of sustainability, capability, and durability, qualities at the heart of both brands. Isuzu’s efforts in sustainable motoring were also recognised recently with the Sustainability Award from Overlander 4x4 Magazine, highlighting the D-Max’s low emissions and robust design.

The Green Lane Association is a UK-based organisation dedicated to protecting, promoting, and preserving access to the country’s unsurfaced, unclassified roads, commonly known as green lanes. The Association works with local authorities, landowners, and enthusiasts to maintain responsible vehicle use while safeguarding these historic routes for all countryside users.

Central to its mission is the Drivers and Riders Code of Conduct, which encourages members and the wider off-roading community to:

• Be Legal: Only use public vehicular roads with known rights of access, obey closures, and report obstructions.

George Wallis, Head of Marketing at Isuzu UK, added: “We’ve tracked a great first year with the Green Lane Association, and we’re thrilled to keep the momentum rolling! This partnership demonstrates that 4x4 adventure and responsibility can travel side by side. Together, we’re showing that off-roading doesn’t have to cost the earth.”

Looking to the future, the introduction of the Isuzu D-Max EV will bring a new era of responsible offroading. The fully electric model will enable zeroemission green laning, reducing environmental impact while maintaining the peace and tranquillity of rural areas. With quiet, near-silent operation, the D-Max EV will help minimise disturbance to local communities and wildlife, aligning perfectly with the Green Lane Association’s ethos of sustainable and respectful countryside access.

The D-Max EV continues Isuzu’s legacy of toughness and dependability, now paired with cutting-edge electric technology, ensuring that responsible exploration remains at the heart of the brand’s future.

2026 Mazda CX-60 and 2026 Mazda CX-80 arrive in the UK summer 2026

The Mazda CX-60 and Mazda CX80 ranges will see a comprehensive package of upgrades when the 2026 model year cars arrive in the UK next summer. These updates reinforce the position of both as Mazda’s flagship offerings in the premium SUV segment.

While the elegant exterior styling of both models remains unchanged, Exclusive-Line grade cars now feature new 20-inch alloy wheel designs. Replacing the outgoing 18inch wheel, the new wheels are metallic silver on CX-60 and bright silver on CX-80, with both designs enhancing overall appearance. Across all models, Mazda’s popular Polymetal Grey paint colour is added to the CX-60 and CX-80 for the first time.

Inside, the enhanced

2026 CX-60 and 2026 CX-80 feature highquality materials such as real maple wood, Nappa leather and Japanese textiles working in perfect harmony. Each model remains a true expression of Mazda’s crafted approach and its enduring Crafted in Japan spirit. New for the 2026 model year, the Mazda CX-60 and CX-80 Homura and Homura Plus variants now offer a stylish tan interior1with quilted Nappa leather seats, a two-tone leather steering wheel, and a suede-look dashboard while across all trim grades onboard refinement levels are boosted by the fitment of noise-insulating glass to the front doors.

Reinforcing their Euro NCAP 5-star rating, the active safety technology tally on the Mazda CX-60 and CX80 is further increased with all 2026 Mazda CX-60 and CX-80 models now featuring Driver Emergency

Assist2(DEA). Working with Driver Monitoring, DEA detects sudden medical emergencies, takes control, slows the vehicle, and brings it to a safe stop. Once stationary it automatically unlocks the doors to allow emergency responders quick access.

In addition, the 2026 CX-60 now features a suite of safety and driver assistance technologies first introduced on the flagship CX-80. The CX-60’s Driver Monitoring system now comes as standard, along with key safety features such as Smart Brake Support Head-on collision mitigation and Emergency Lane Keeping Head-on Traffic Avoidance Assist. Starting from the Exclusive-Line grade, it also includes Smart Brake Support Front Crossing with Front Cross Traffic Alert and Front Cross Traffic Braking, along with the Towing Hitch Guide function. These enhancements strengthen its comprehensive safety package, while additional technologies - including Cruising & Traffic Support with Unresponsive Driver Support3and Smart Brake Support Rear Crossing4– are also available.

Day-to-day driver convenience takes a step forward with the introduction of Amazon Alexa5in-car voice recognition, allowing natural voice control for navigation, entertainment, and connected features. The CX-60 also gains a hybrid navigation system offering alternative route calculations, point-of-interest search, and seven years of free map updates.

As well as meeting the Euro6e-bis emission standards, the diesel-powered CX-60 and CX-80 models are now approved for the use of Hydrotreated Vegetable Oil 100 (HVO 100) fuel, with the choice of this biofuel underlining Mazda’s ongoing commitment to sustainability through the adoption of cleaner, renewable fuel options.

The enhanced 2026 Mazda CX-60 and 2026 Mazda CX-80 line-up reaffirms Mazda’s continued commitment to creating sophisticated SUVs that blend performance and comfort with elegance and class-leading style.

Brace yourself, because tax talk is about to get (almost) exciting! Big changes are on the horizon for double cab pick-ups in the UK.

From April 2025, these workhorses of the road will no longer be classed as commercial vehicles for tax purposes.

Instead, they’ll be taxed as cars, significantly increasing Benefit-in-Kind (BIK) liabilities for businesses and employees alike. However, there’s still time to act and lock in the current, lower tax rates.

If you’re considering a new pick-up, there’s no better time to make your move – and the brand-newMAXUS T60 MAXcould be the perfect choice.

The

BIK reclassification: what’s changing?

Historically, double cab pick-ups have been treated as vans for tax purposes, meaning they benefited from a fixed-rate, low BIK tax regime.

However, under the revised rules coming into effect from April 6, 2025, these vehicles will be taxed as cars.

This means that instead of paying a fixed low rate, drivers will be taxed based on CO² emissions and list price – a change that could see costs rise dramatically.

Why act before April 2025?

There is a crucial window of opportunity for businesses and individuals who order, lease, or purchase a double cab pick-up before 31st March 2025.

Vehicles secured before this deadline will continue to be taxed as vans until at least April 2029, or until they are sold or the lease ends.

This meansfour more years of lower tax rates, avoiding the costly hike that will hit post-April 2025 purchases.

How this impacts employers and employees

Employees: Higher Income Tax

For those who drive a company-provided double cab pick-up, the BIK reclassification could lead to thousands of pounds in additional tax liabilities each year.

For higher-rate taxpayers, the difference is substantial, making it essential to secure a vehicle before the deadline.

Employers: increased National Insurance contributions (NICs)

With BIK values increasing, employers will face higher NICs for each double cab pick-up classified as a car.

This will also impact capital allowances, reducing the overall tax efficiency of these vehicles.

Companies that rely on double cab pick-ups for operations should plan ahead to avoid financial strain.

The future of double cab pick-ups

This reclassification is part of the government’s broader push to encourage lower-emission vehicles.

While electric alternatives are on the rise, sometimes you just need a proper pick-up to get the job done. That’s why acting fast is key to locking in the best financial deal while you still can.

Meet the MAXUS T60 MAX: your perfect pre-deadline pick-up

If you’re in the market for a new double cab pick-up before the tax changes kick in, the MAXUS T60 MAX is an outstanding option. Don’t miss out on competitive contract hire and finance lease options available.

This pick-up combines power, practicality, and enough tech to make even your most gadget-obsessed mate jealous.

Key features of the MAXUS T60 MAX:

• 2.0L twin-turbo diesel engine – 500Nm of torque, giving you the strength to tackle the toughest jobs.

• 8-speed automatic transmission and 4WD – Perfect for handling both off-road adventures and demanding work environments.

• 1,050kg payload and 3,500kg towing capacity –Carry more, tow more, and get the job done with ease.

• Comprehensive warranty and roadside assistance –Includes a 5-year/100,000 miles vehicle warranty and 24/7 roadside assistance across the UK and Europe.

• Fuel efficiency and emissions – 9.1L/100km (WLTP) fuel consumption and CO2 emissions of 239g/km.

Order now and beat the tax hike

With deliveries available from Spring 2025, securing a MAXUS T60 MAX now ensures you lock in the lower BIK tax rates and avoid any financial nastiness down the line.

The clock is ticking. If you want to keep more of your hard-earned cash, act now. The new tax regime is coming whether we like it or not, but you can at least beat it at its own game.

Having picked up numerous accolades as a new car, the popular Hyundai TUCSON is now being recognised as one of the finest preowned purchases around, with What Car? naming it Britain’s Best Used Family SUV in its 2025 Used Car Awards.

The TUCSON held off some fierce competition to emerge triumphant in the all-important SUV category, with What Car’s? expert panel of judges impressed by a desirable all-round package that blends practicality, quality, an enjoyable drive, cutting-edge powertrains and excellent prices.

Mark Pearson, Used Cars Editor of WhatCar?, said: “If interior space is high on your list of priorities, the family-friendly Hyundai TUCSON is well worth a look. Four tall adults will have plenty of room and the boot is cavernous. Its interior quality impresses, too. On top of that, it’s good to drive, there are frugal hybrids, and it comes with a confidence-inspiring reliability record. The fact that this immensely appealing family SUV should also be such great value when bought used just seals the deal for us.”

Since its launch in 2021, the TUCSON has been a fixture in the UK new cars top-sellers list, and last year alone it accounted for 35% of the 91,800 cars Hyundai sold here. It’s available with a 160PS TGDI petrol engine, as well as a 48V mild hybrid, hybrid and plug-in hybrid, and has picked up an array of awards from leading media outlets

including Top Gear, Auto Express and Carbuyer.

Buying direct from Hyundai is a great way to assure quality and peace of mind on a pre-owned TUCSON, and a wide selection of Hyundai Promise and Hyundai Approved Used models are currently on offer from around £10,000 online at used.Hyundai.co.uk.

Hyundai Promise cars have fewer than 60,000 miles on the clock and are no older than 36 months, plus come with a minimum 24-month Hyundai warranty, which can be upgraded to five years. Standard Approved Used cars (with fewer than 80,000 miles) get the balance of the manufacturer warranty if less than five years old, or retailer supplied warranty options if older. All come with a minimum of 12 months of Roadside Assistance.

Ashley Andrew, President of Hyundai & Genesis UK, said: “The TUCSON has proven to be a thoroughly desirable SUV for tens of thousands of new car buyers over a number of years, so it is no surprise that its many attributes are equally appealing to those in the market for a pre-owned car, as evidenced by What Car? naming it Best Used Family SUV of 2025. It’s stylish, enjoyable to drive, and superb value, all backed up by the Hyundai Promise approved used car programme.”

For more information on all the cars in Hyundai UK’s award-winning range, visit www.hyundai. co.uk

Hyundai Motor UK is pleased to announce that the Hyundai SANTA FE has been named Best Seven-Seat SUV at the New Car World Championship 2025/2026.

The New Car World Championship is judged by a global panel of experienced automotive professionals, including designers, engineers, motorsport legends, journalists, and industry leaders. The awards recognise the best new models across all segments and powertrains, with Hyundai continuing the success achieved by the IONIQ 5, which was crowned World Champion in 2021/2022.

Mike Rutherford, Founder and Chair of the International Judging Panel at Best Cars of the Year / The New Car World Championships, said: "At almost 4.9m long, the SANTA FE is a colossal yet still classy and comfortable seven-seater. Its £48,390 starting price in the UK isn't cheap. But, by today's standards, it's not excessive eitherespecially as this is a quality SUV with the look, feel and finish of a premium product.It's possible for buyers to spend the best part of £100,000 on some European SUVs of similar appearance, quality and magnitude. But realistically, the SANTA FE is all the car you'll ever need when it comes to carrying up to seven people or bulky loads or both.The 1.6 hybrid version at under £50k is the ultimate family car.”

The Hyundai SANTA FE combines bold, modern design with family-focused versatility. Its spacious seven-seat layout, wide tailgate opening and configurable interior make it ideal for both everyday journeys and longer trips. Inside, dual 12.3-inch panoramic displays provide seamless connectivity, while Hyundai’s SmartSense safety suite –including Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist,

Blind-Spot View Monitor, and Highway Driving Assist – offers reassurance and confidence on the road.

Available in Hybrid (HEV) and Plug-in Hybrid (PHEV) configurations, the SANTA FE features a 1.6-litre turbocharged petrol engine paired with an electric motor, delivering smooth performance and impressive efficiency. Three trim levels – Premium, Ultimate and Calligraphy – are offered, while prices for the range start at £48,390, with Plug-in Hybrid models costing from £51,995. Across the range, trims offer premium comfort and technology, from wireless smartphone connectivity and a power tailgate on Premium grade, to Bose audio, panoramic sunroof and Nappa leather upholstery on top-spec Calligraphy models.

This latest achievement builds on a string of award wins throughout 2025, with the SANTA FE recognised as Large SUV of the Year from the News UK Motor Award, Best Seven-Seater from the AutoTrader Drivers’ Choice Awards, Large Crossover of the Year from the UK Car of the Year Awards, and Seven-Seater of the Year from the WhatCar? Awards – reinforcing its position as one of the most accomplished seven-seat SUVs on the market.

Ashley Andrew, President of Hyundai & Genesis UK, said: “We’re delighted that the Hyundai SANTA FE has been named Best Seven-Seat SUV at the New Car World Championships for 2025/2026. This recognition highlights the SANTA FE’s versatility and appeal for families, with its combination of space, technology and comfort, making it a standout choice in its segment. Together with its recent award wins this year, it’s clear the SANTA FE continues to set the standard in its class.”

Š Luxury meets legacy: Škoda introduces new L&K model to award-winning Kodiaq range

koda is expanding its award-winning Kodiaq range with the introduction of a new flagship L&K model. Named after brand founders Václav Laurin and Václav Klement, the new edition builds on the success of its predecessor and once again offers one of the most comprehensive specification lists in the Škoda line-up.

The new L&K model will sit above the current SE L version in the updated Kodiaq line-up and will be available with three drivetrain options. All-wheel drive models are offered with a 2.0 TSI 204 PS engine or a 2.0 TDI that generates 193 PS. Both are equipped with a seven-speed DSG gearbox as standard. For the first time, the range-topping L&K model will be available to order with a plug-in hybrid engine option in the form of the brand’s acclaimed 1.5 TSI iV 204 PS DSG drivetrain.

Capable of driving up to 71 miles in electric mode, the new model will also be the most fuel-efficient Kodiaq L&K to date.

Like the first-generation model, the new Kodiaq L&K delivers a first class travelling experience for up to seven passengers (iV five-seat only). The comprehensive specification list includes a raft of creature comforts and technology features as standard, along with the brand’s most luxurious interior Design Selection - Suite Cognac. Front

seat passengers will benefit from electrically adjustable seats with memory, massage function and ventilation, while those in the back can also keep warm and toasty in cold conditions thanks to standard heated rear seats. Elsewhere, the Kodiaq L&K features a heated windscreen, aluminium pedals, variable boot floor, and exclusive L&K floor mats.

In terms of exterior design and technology, the Kodiaq L&K rides on 20-inch Venus alloy wheels and features running boards and bespoke L&K badging as standard. Adaptive cruise control, area view camera, trained parking and remote park assist are also part of the L&K’s generous specification, along with Virtual Pedal electric boot opening, head up display and a CANTON sound system.

Like other models in the Kodiaq range, the new L&K continues to set the benchmark for practicality, offering outstanding versatility for families and adventurers alike. The 2.0 TSI 204 PS and 2.0 TDI 193 PS models are equipped with seven-seater layouts as standard, while the 1.5 TSI 204 PS is available in five-seat form only. In the seven-seat models, the boot offers 340 litres with all three rows deployed, expanding to 2,035 litres when both rear rows are folded down. The five-seater iV model offers 745 litres with all seats in position and 1,945 litres with the rear seats folded.

Seats OTR

1.5 TSI iV 204 PS DSG 5 £48,985

2.0 TSI 204 PS DSG 4x4 7 £51,460

2.0 TDI 193 PS DSG 4x4 7 £53,230

Key added specifications:

• 20” Venus alloy wheels

• Metallic paint

• L&K exterior badging

• Running boards

• Leather interior

• Electrically adjustable front seats with ventilation, massage and memory functions

• Heated rear seats

• Heated windscreen

• Aluminium pedals

• Exclusive floor mats

• Adaptive cruise control

• Area view camera, trained parking, remote park assist

• Lane keeping system and traffic jam assist

• Head up display

• CANTON sound system

The new Kodiaq L&K will be available to order from 17 December with prices starting from £48,985 OTR for the 1.5 TSI 204 PS iV model. The 2.0 TSI 204 PS DSG 4x4 starts from £51,460 OTR, while the 2.0 TDI 193 PS DSG 4x4 is priced from £53,230 OTR.

Kodiaq L&K

The Kia EV4 has been officially shortlisted for the final round of the 2026 Car of the Year (COTY) award. Selected by 60 jurors from 23 countries, the EV4 is one of just seven finalists from a long list of 35 models. This milestone marks Kia’s eighth COTY shortlistan unparalleled achievement for a Korean brandand highlights Kia’s growing influence in the European automotive industry since the Kia Ceed first made the shortlist in 2008.

Even more remarkable, this is Kia’s fifth consecutive year as a COTY finalist: following the EV6’s win in 2022, the Niro in 2023, the EV9 in 2024, and the EV3’s second place in 2025earning the highest number of points that a Kia model has ever received, despite finishing runnerup. This consistent performance establishes Kia as a serious, long-term contender in Europe’s most prestigious automotive competition.

Built for Europe, in Europe

The EV4 is Kia’s first all-electric model produced in Europe, manufactured at the company’s Slovakian plant in Žilina on the Electric Global Modular Platform (E-GMP). With ranges of up to 388 miles for the hatchback and 380 miles for the Fastback, ultra-low drag coefficients (0.261Cd hatchback, 0.23Cd Fastback), and advanced battery options (58.3kWh and 81.4kWh) capable of high-speed

charging from 10-to-80% in around 30 minutes, the EV4 combines efficiency, versatility, and real-world usability for European drivers.

European engineers at the Hyundai Motor Europe Technical Centre (HMETC) fine-tuned the chassis for confident handling, precise cornering, and comfortable long-distance travel. The EV4 also benefits from Kia’s expanding charging network of over one million public points across Europe. Inside, the EV4 embodies Kia’s ‘Opposites United’ design philosophy, offering a driver-focused cabin with intuitive technology including the Kia App, Digital Key 2, and over-the-air software updates for a seamless, connected experience. As preannounced at the 2025 EV Day, the EV4 GT is scheduled to be released in 2026.

“I am proud that the Car of the Year jury continues to recognise Kia,” said Marc Hedrich, President and CEO of Kia Europe. “The EV4 follows in the footsteps of the EV6 and EV3, proving that Kia is not just participating, but competing seriously at the highest level in Europe. Designed, tuned, and produced in Europe for Europe, the EV4 demonstrates that high-quality, responsible electric mobility can be both inspiring and accessible.”

The 2026 Car of the Year winner will be announced at the Brussels Motor Show, with the award ceremony scheduled for 9 January 2026.

The Kia PV5 has been named ‘Best Electric Van’ and the outright winner as ‘Van of the Year’ at the 2026 Parkers Van and Pickup Awards. This marks the PV5’s first wins at these prestigious awards, and the double accolade signals a strong debut for Kia in the electric Light Commercial Vehicle (eLCV) market.

The Parkers Van and Pickup Awards take place every year, separate to the Parkers New Car Awards, recognising the importance of commercial vehicles in the UK. Award winners are decided by verdicts from expert Parkers reviewers.

Tom Webster, Parkers Vans Editor and Deputy Head of the Digital Automotive Hub at Bauer Media: “The Kia PV5 would have been an excellent van had it been made by one of the longestablished names in the industry, but that it has come from a brand that doesn’t have the heritage and customer feedback to exploit is even more impressive. Not only is it good to drive and fitted with a comfortable and well-equipped cabin, the PV5 is staggeringly good value, undercutting even much smaller diesel rivals, which are typically the entry-point to van ownership.”

Webster continues, “It’s priced at a point where it has really made the industry sit up and take notice. It’s a first attempt from Kia, but it is one that has really shaken things up, with the promise of more to come”.

Paul Philpott, President and CEO at Kia UK Limited: “It’s fantastic to add two awards to the PV5’s already growing collection. This double win reveals the practical and compelling nature of our first electric van and sets a standard of excellence across all of our upcoming electric commercial vehicles, which will be sold through our new network of dealer partners dedicated to commercial vehicles.”

The PV5 sets new benchmarks for performance, capability and flexibility in the competitive e-LCV segment. It reflects Kia’s growing commitment to the electric motoring industry. Following its recent win as The Sun’s ‘Van of the Year’ at the 2025 News UK Motor Awards, the PV5 continues to collect accolades which highlight its versatility and innovation – redefining what a modern van can be.

Currently available as a L2H1 Cargo and fiveseater Passenger, further PV5 variants will arrive next year, including larger and smaller PV5 Cargo configurations, and six- and seven-seat PV5 Passenger vehicles. Further down the line, Kia has no intentions of slowing down, with the PV7 arriving in 2027 and the PV9 two years later in 2029.

The Kia PV5 Cargo and Passenger are available to order now from Kia's brand-new PBV Centre network, with deliveries expected toward the end of the year.

The CHERY TIGGO 9 CSH marks the beginning of a new flagship era for CHERY in the UK – a premium sevenseat SUV that blends intelligent design, efficient all-wheel drive hybrid power and everyday happiness. Sitting proudly at the top of the CHERY TIGGO range, it combines comfort, performance and innovation, embodying CHERY’s belief that every journey should bring joy.

With customer deliveries expected from December 2025, the CHERY TIGGO 9 CSH will be available through more than 25 CHERY retailers across the UK, priced from £43,105 OTR*. It arrives exclusively in the luxurious Summit specification, powered by the Chery Super Hybrid (CSH) selfcharging system – the most advanced and efficient hybrid technology parent company, Chery International, has ever produced.

capability to power anything from laptops to campsite lighting. With six driving modes (Eco, Normal, Sport, Snow, Sand and Off-Road) and standard all-wheel drive, the CHERY TIGGO 9 CSH is engineered for all conditions.

Inside, the exclusive Summit specification – the only specification offered for the CHERY TIGGO 9 CSH, but range-topping for other vehicles –creates an atmosphere of calm sophistication. Heated and ventilated eco leather seats feature front and rear, with front seat passengers treated to a multi-programme massage function. In the back row, air-conditioning has been added, ensuring every passenger travels in comfort.

CHERY’s C-PURE green cabin technology delivers exemplary air quality through CN95 filtration, air purification and self-cleaning ventilation. Silent Glass and acoustic insulation maintain serenity, while the 12-way driver’s seat with massage, lumbar and automatic memory functions adjust automatically when entering or exiting the car. Dual-zone climate control, a heated steering wheel, and multi-colour ambient lighting further enhance occupant well-being on every drive.

The CHERY TIGGO 9 CSH pairs a 1.5-litre turbocharged petrol engine with twin electric motors and a 3-speed Dedicated Hybrid Transmission (DHT). Together, they deliver 428 PS and 580 Nm of torque – taking the seven-seater from 0–62 mph in just 5.4 seconds. Despite this performance, it remains remarkably efficient, offering over 650 miles of total range and 91 miles of pure electric driving (WLTP).

Though self-charging, the state-of-the-art 34.46 kWh M3P battery supports DC rapid charging up to 71 kW, replenishing 30–80% in around 18 minutes, and features 6.6 kW Vehicle-to-Load (V2L)

The digital experience is led by a 15.6-inch 2.5K touchscreen paired with a 10.25-inch digital instrument display and Head-Up Display (HUD). Powered by Qualcomm’s Snapdragon 8155 chipset, the system is fast and fluid, with wireless Apple CarPlay®, Android Auto™, 50W cooled wireless charging and seamless OTA/ FOTA updates.

A 14-speaker SONY audio system – the most advanced ever fitted to any CHERY TIGGO –surrounds the cabin in rich, immersive sound, with headrest speakers for the driver. The onboard “Hello CHERY” Virtual Assistant offers natural voice control for all major cockpit functions, while the CHERY smartphone app enables remote start, cabin pre-conditioning and charging management.

Every feature of the CHERY TIGGO 9 CSH has been shaped around real-world convenience. Highlights include a Smart Power tailgate with keysensing auto-opening function, a 540-degree camera system, automatic parking, and remote engine and climate start. Pet Mode maintains a cool, ventilated cabin if pets are briefly left inside,

while a fully reclining front passenger seat allows total relaxation on longer journeys, too.

The 2,800 mm wheelbase enables a true sevenseat layout (2+3+2), with an electrically sliding and reclining second row, and a third row that folds flat to create up to 819/2,021 litres of boot space. A 1.3-metre panoramic sunroof further adds to the sense of light and openness.

The CHERY TIGGO 9 CSH’s exterior expresses quiet confidence – modern, harmonious and perfectly proportioned. Designed around the golden ratio (0.618), it achieves both aesthetic balance and aerodynamic efficiency. A bold front grille, signature LED lighting, and a full-width rear light bar establish presence, complemented by refined chrome detailing and 20-inch bright machined alloy wheels.

Five carefully curated exterior colours are available – Arctic White Mist, Eclipse Black, Forest Green, Slate Grey and Nightfall Ice Grey – each designed to highlight the car’s elegant silhouette and premium finish.

Safety is central to CHERY’s engineering philosophy. The CHERY TIGGO 9 CSH’s structure uses 85% high-strength steel, with 21% hot-formed steel in key areas to maximise rigidity and occupant protection. A total of ten airbags –including a far-side centre airbag between driver and passenger – protect occupants in every direction.

The 19 Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (ADAS) fitted as standard include Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Emergency Lane Keep (ELK) alongside Blind Spot Detection (BSD), Rear Cross Traffic Alert and Braking (RCTA/RCTB), Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB), Traffic Jam Assist (TJA), Integrated Cruise Assistance (ICA), Intelligent Headlight Control (IHC) and Automatic Parking Assistance (APA); with the majority of these systems being able to be controlled via the swipe down shortcut function on the touch screen.

The Chery Super Hybrid battery offers IP68 waterproofing, 24-hour health monitoring, a 590 MPa reinforced steel underbody shield and an 8-year warranty as standard for the battery for complete peace of mind.

Developed with input from Chery International’s European R&D centre, the CHERY TIGGO 9 CSH has been fine-tuned for UK and European roads. Ride, steering and chassis balance have been optimised to deliver smooth, stable and confident performance across all conditions.

With its intelligent hybrid powertrain, serene seven-seat interior and thoughtful technology, the CHERY TIGGO 9 CSH embodies everything the brand stands for: progress, comfort, and everyday happiness. From school runs to grand tours, the CHERY TIGGO 9 CSH is a flagship for life’s every chapter.

Priced at £43,105 OTR*, deliveries will begin in December 2025 through 25+ CHERY dealers in the UK, with pre-orders now open at cherycar. co.uk. Finance deals will be available from 1.9% APR, with prices starting from just £499 per month**. Terms and conditions apply.

* All prices correct at time of writing. Terms and conditions apply.

** Representative 1.90% APR, on CHERY TIGGO 9 Summit PHEV.

Representative Example based on 8,000 miles per annum. Credit available subject to status.

UK residents 18+. Guarantees may be required.

This offer is available to Retail customers only and is not available in conjunction with any other offers unless specified.

Images shown are for illustration purposes only.

With Personal Contract Purchase, once you have paid all of your regular monthly repayments you can either 1) Pay the Optional Final Repayment and own the car. 2) Part exchange the car for a new one (subject to settlement of your existing agreement, new agreements are subject to status). 3) Return the car to Creation without paying the optional final repayment. Providing you’ve not exceeded the maximum agreed mileage and the car is in good condition (fair wear and tear accepted) you will have nothing further to pay. If the vehicle has exceeded the maximum agreed mileage then a charge of 10p +VAT per excess mile applies.

Offers may be varied or withdrawn at any time.

OMODA&JAECOO UK is an Appointed Representative of Automotive Compliance Ltd, who is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA No 497010). Automotive Compliance Ltd’s permissions as a Principal Firm allows OMODA&JAECOO UK to act as a credit broker, not as a lender, for the introduction to a limited number of lenders and to act as an agent on behalf of the insurer for insurance distribution activities only. We are a credit broker and not a lender. We can introduce you to a limited number of lenders and their finance products. We are not an independent financial advisor and we act as their agent for this introduction. We may advise you on the products, subject to your personal circumstances, though you are not obliged to take our advice or recommendation. We do not charge you a fee for our services. Whichever lender we introduce you to, we will typically receive commission from them (either a fixed fee or a fixed percentage of the amount you borrow). For your reassurance, all of the lenders we work with could pay commission at different rates, but the commission we receive does not influence the interest rate you will pay. Our aim is to secure finance for you at the lowest interest rate you are eligible for from our panel of lenders. If you ask us what the amount of commission is, we will tell you in good time before the Finance agreement is executed. All finance applications are subject to status, terms and conditions apply.

Following an announcement by a 60-strong member jury, the Dacia Bigster has been shortlisted for the Car of the Year 2026.

Bigster, Dacia’s latest model, strongly reflects the brand’s values, combining simplicity, practicality and robustness, meeting the needs of customers seeking authenticity and the best value for money on the market.

Launched in spring 2025, Bigster has already seen nearly 40,000 registrations worldwide at the end of September and more than 55,000 orders since its launch. This strong commercial start confirms the appeal of the family-friendly SUV across all European and Mediterranean markets.

Bigster’s success is largely due to the popularity of the hybrid 155 version, which accounts of nearly 65% of sales. It was the first Renault Group model to gain the powertrain, allowing for 100% electric driving with a power boost to the internal combustion engine the rest of the time.

The model continues to reduce its environmental footprint through the use of

recycled materials, including Starkle®, an innovative fully recyclable plastic made from 20% recycled materials.

As with the brand’s other models, the YouClip system allows you to customise the interior with clever, modular accessories designed to simplify everyday life.

Marking Dacia’s offensive in the C-segment, Bigster offers generous interior space, a large boot volume and outstanding outdoor capabilities.

Priced from just £25,215 on-the-road, it illustrates Dacia’s promise to make the essentials accessible, without compromising on robustness, safety and technology.

Thanks to its balance of driving pleasure, innovation, bold design and competitive pricing, Bigster won over the Car of the Year 2026 jury, joining a very select few in the final.

The Car of the Year 2026 will be awarded on the 9 January 2026 at the Brussels International Motor Show.

DENZA, the premium technologyoriented automotive brand of the BYD Group, is enjoying a perfect prelude to its UK market introduction in early 2026 with its powerful B5 SUV today named Best Prospect in the New Car World Championships staged annually by the Best Cars of the Year (Best COTY) organisation.

The B5 made its world debut at this year’s Goodwood Festival of Speed where it took to the Hillclimb course to demonstrate its poise and muscle. Constructed on DENZA’s DMO (Dual Mode Off-road) platform, it uses a Super Hybrid Technology powertrain that features a 1.5-litre petrol engine together with front and rear electric motors.

The B5 is not simply about pure power; it is engineered for authentic off-road performance. Its cell-to-chassis construction provides protection for the highvoltage battery when driving over rough ground, while a onetouch automatic levelling system adapts its performance to suit different off-road terrain. Its capabilities include being able to climb gradients of up to 40 degrees.

They, like me, were left in no doubt that this is a genuine premium model froman exciting new Chinese brand that seems more than capable of delivering the goods to the showrooms of the world.

"Assuming BYD / Denza get the pricing policy right with the hugely powerful, superbly equipped, ruggedlyhandsome B5 that features serious on-road and off-road capabilities, thevehicle could be a game changer. If the traditional, long-established, sometimes complacent manufacturers of premium or luxury 4x4s aren't quaking in theirboots at the thought of it soon going up against their increasingly expensive products, they should be."

Following its festival appearance, the B5 was exhibited at the British Motor Show in August where its popularity with official judges, industry insiders and the general public and industry insiders led to its consideration for the title of ‘Best Prospect’ for 2025/2026.

Mike Rutherford, Best Cars of the Year / New Car World Championships founder and judging panel chair, said: "We were fortunate enough to exclusively exhibit the B5 on our stand at the British Show last Summer. Over several busy days we witnessed first-hand how astonishingly populartheB5 was with clued-up enthusiasts who paid to attend the event.

Bono Ge, BYD UK Country Manager, said: “This award reflects the opinion of some of the motoring world’s most distinguished figures and it is much valued in helping the B5 and our brand make a powerful and positive impact as we build towards our market launch.”

As well as the award-winning B5 SUV, DENZA’s UK upcoming model range will reach other significant market segments with the Z9GT large premium estate car, featuring Super DM plug-in hybrid technology, and the D9 seven-seat premium people carrier, to be offered with both battery electric and plug-in hybrid powertrain options.

025 marks the 25th anniversary of the Nissan X-Trail. Since the first-generation launched in November 2000, the X-Trail has been a trailblazer in the mid-size SUV segment and achieved global sales exceeding 8.1 million units*.

While the latest, fourth-generation X-Trail is currently available in 95 countries and features a premium cabin with advanced technologies such as ePOWER, a Variable Compression Turbo engine, and e-4ORCE, today we look back on the earlier generations that helped establish one of Nissan's most well-known nameplates and explore the XTrail's 25-year journey.

The meaning behind the name

The "X" in X-TRAIL represents extreme sports, evoking a spirit of adventure and the dynamic power of 4x4 vehicles. "TRAIL" refers to footprints, off-road paths and rugged terrain. Together, they embody a dynamic 4WD concept that connects people with the great outdoors.

First-generation

X-Trail

(T30) – 2000 to 2007

Designed as a "4WD for four that's comfortable and fun," the first-generation T30 X-Trail targeted 20-to-30 year-old's who enjoyed outdoor sports and an active lifestyle. Prior to its arrival, SUVs were generally perceived as fuel-inefficient, difficult to drive and expensive. The T30 X-Trail set out to shatter these stereotypes as an SUV that combined sportiness with everyday practicality.

It featured a spacious interior suitable for outdoor and sports use, a class-leading cargo area, washable

luggage boards and water-repellent seats for easy cleaning. In a 2003 minor update, comfort was significantly improved with the introduction of a popup steering wheel featuring a maximum tilt angle of 45 degrees. This innovation greatly expanded the usable space in the driver's area, making it easier for drivers to change shoes while seated. While the concept might sound unusual, it was particularly useful for winter sports lovers, such as snowboarders, who could drive to the ski fields in their normal shoes and change into boots prior to leaving the car. In addition, the seat's ample recline offered drivers an opportunity to take a leisurely break, providing plenty of space to relax without their feet touching the steering wheel.

Furthermore, the ‘Hyper Roof Rail', which integrates three functions — driving lights, roof rails and roof bars — not only retained the conventional roof rail functionality but also featured driving lights mounted on the rails' front ends. These lights cast a broader light than high beams, enhancing visibility and boosting driver confidence during nighttime travel.

Technologically, the T30 X-Trail debuted Nissan's innovative ALL MODE 4x4 system — designed for front-wheel-drive layouts — which intelligently detects driving and road conditions to distribute optimal torque to the rear wheels for enhanced performance. It achieved optimal fuel efficiency in normal driving by utilizing front-wheel drive and ensured stable performance on slippery roads through electronic control. Drivers could switch seamlessly between AUTO Mode, 2WD and LOCK mode (which provided a fixed torque distribution of 57:43).

Exclusive to Japan, an 'X-Trail GT' featured the groundbreaking SR20VET engine — the world's first

to combine VVL (variable valve lift and timing) with a turbo — delivering exhilarating acceleration and 280 PS (206 kW). The unique combination of 2-liter intercooled turbo engine and SUV body, makes it a sort-after performance model amongst enthusiasts even today.

Second-generation X-Trail (T31) – 2007 to 2013

The T31 X-Trail evolved the T30's DNA, embracing the concept of "tough gear to fully enjoy outdoor sports." Nissan engineered the model to be ‘a tough, versatile SUV that stimulates a driver's spirit of adventure'. It sported a bold exterior that highlighted its impressive off-road capability paired with a more premium interior that was both spacious and functional.

The T31's standout feature was its cutting-edge electronic 4WD system ALL MODE 4x4-i with Yaw Movement Control that ensured excellent all-weather performance. The system analyzed data from steering angle sensors, yaw-rate sensors and G sensors to predict the driver's intended cornering line and automatically adjusted torque distribution to provide smooth cornering even on slippery roads. Additional features like Hill Descent Control and Hill Start Assist also ensured safer, more confident driving.

The T31 also offered a washable two-deck luggage compartment and a water repellant interior, boosting convenience and comfort.

ProPILOT**advanced drive assist technology that supports acceleration, braking and steering on singlelane highways.

Functionally, the T32 retained the popular waterproof floor, seats and large cargo space, and added flexible luggage features and a hands-free remote-controlled back door for enhanced usability.

Fourth-generation X-Trail (T33) – 2020 to present

Launched in North America (as the Rogue) in 2020 and Japan in 2022, the fourth generation T33 X-Trail inherits the tough gear DNA of its first-generation predecessor, while offering even higher levels of quality. Featuring available e-POWER and e-4ORCE electric 4WD control technology, it delivers new levels of performance, practicality and comfort.

The X-Trail's available e-POWER hybrid powertrain features high-output motors to deliver a powerful and smooth driving experience. The system leverages a compact VC-Turbo gasoline engine solely as a generator to produce electricity. The e-POWER system delivers a smooth, quiet and responsive drive like an EV with the convenience and range confidence of a petrol engine.

Furthermore, the availablee-4ORCE systemintegrates Nissan's electrification, 4WD control and chassis control technologies. It optimizes driving force to all four wheels using high-output motors and brake control, offering excellent performance on snowy and mountainous roads, and providing a comfortable ride in all conditions.

Third-generation X-Trail (T32) – 2013 to 2022

The third-generation, T32 X-Trail — marketed as the Rogue in North America — arrived with a sleeker, more premium design, targeting young outdoor enthusiasts. It retained the ALL MODE 4x4-i system as well as Hill Start Assist, Hill Descent Control and Yaw Moment Control.

The T32 was available with both gasoline and hybrid powertrain and introduced world-first technologies such as Active Ride Control, Active Engine Brake and Cornering Stability Assist, significantly improving ride comfort, drivability and safety.

After a minor update, it adopted Intelligent Around View Monitor for parking assistance and

The T33 also boasts a wider luggage opening for easier access, a 100 Volt AC power supply (for Japan domestic models) for outdoor and emergency use, and a BOSE Premium Sound System featuring nine speakers tuned specifically for the X-Trail that delivers an exceptional audio experience.

The T33 X-Trail carries forward the T30's Tough Gear DNA while evolving into a one-of-a-kind SUV that blends cuttingedge technology with sophisticated refinement. In concert with the 25th Anniversary, in Japan, the recent addition of a new NISMO grade as well as introduction of a ROCK CREEK model continue to lift the bar and add excitement for owners.

Throughout its 25-year journey, the Nissan X-Trail has brought people closer to the outdoors, to new horizons, and to each other. As we celebrate this milestone, we invite you to continue the adventure with us — because the best trails are yet to be traveled.

*Includes X-Trail and Rogue nameplates, accurate as at June 2025.

**ProPILOT Assist in markets such as North America

uzuki has released an integrated campaign to launch its first-ever electric car, the all-new e Vitara.

S Suzuki’s first-ever electric car launch campaign

Running across TV, OOH, VOD, cinema, radio and social, the TMWcreated campaign targets a large section of the UK car-buying market: the nearly five million Brits who have been on the fence about switching to electric. Hesitant to jump too soon, this group has been prudently keeping an eye out for ‘the one’ to convince them.

‘Finally, the EV you’ve been looking for’ presents

EV you’ve been looking for”, before playing out with one final visual gag.

In OOH, radio and social executions, we capture soon-to-be owners at the exact moment they clamp eyes on the e Vitara for the first time. A hapless barber spots one parked outside, consequently mowing a wide furrow across his customer’s hair, whilst a dog walker stops in her tracks and drops her lead as her pooch bolts out of picture.

This is TMW’s second new model launch campaign for Suzuki. The first, ‘Best Kept Secret on the Road’, saw an integrated campaign for the new Swift, depicting proud Suzuki owners going to cunning lengths to keep their beloved cars under wraps. This campaign evolves the theme of intriguing audiences who are proud to be Good Different by going against the grain of category conventions.

the all-new e Vitara as the reward for their patience – good things come to those who wait, after all. Much like their audience, Suzuki has been sure to get things right, resulting in an unrivalled 10-year warranty, impressive styling and tech as standard, all wrapped up in a rugged SUV at a surprisingly low price.

Set to the sultry tones of Dusty Springfield’s The Look of Love, the TVC (directed by Traktor of Stink Films) sees a family man repeatedly trying to get a proper look at the new e Vitara. He likes what he sees, but his every attempt to see more is frustrated by ‘sod’s law’. Whether it’s a glimpse from a café unceremoniously blocked by the soapy sponge of a window cleaner or an untimely opened parasol spoiling his view at the seaside, things always seem to get in the way of his perfect view of the e Vitara.

With all frustrations resolved, we see him contentedly pulling into his driveway, before looking lovingly at his new car unobscured. The voiceover then reveals the campaign’s key line, “Finally, the

Its in-house production team, Move Studio, produced the campaign in collaboration with Stink Films and Traktor. Media buying and strategy was handled by the7stars for TV, radio and OOH; and Jellyfish for digital and social.

Jodie Brooke, General Manager Marketing (Automotive), Suzuki said, “True to our Good Different platform, we're celebrating the millions of UK drivers who have trusted their instincts on going electric. They've taken the time to wait for 'the one' to appear, and here it is. TMW have helped us develop a campaign that captures the moment patience pays off.”

Graeme Noble, Chief Creative Officer, TMW, part of Accenture Song said, “Despite all the public pushes to switch to EV, so many Brits have held off so far. They might have kept an eye out for what's about, but the right one never fully materialises into view. Like a rare sighting of a celeb across the street, only to be obscured by an (im)perfectly timed reversing van. With this campaign, we wanted to tap into that frustration our audience is feeling – and capture the eureka moment when they realise the search might be over.”

7 CONFIRMED FOR UK MARKET AS PREMIUM SUV BRINGS LUXURY, PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN IN ONE MID-SIZE PACKAGE

P

ositioned perfectly between the compact OMODA 5 and the flagship OMODA 9, the OMODA 7 is confirmed as the latest addition to OMODA UK's line-up – a midsize, five-seat SUV tailored specifically for British roads and lifestyles. Available in two trim levels and two engine specifications, and with prices starting from £29,915 OTR** for the ICE and £32,000 OTR** for the SHS, the OMODA 7 will be on sale from January 2026 through OMODA&JAECOO’s nationwide dealer network.

OMODA UK, launched in August 2024 and now representing 1.45% of the market (SMMT)***, confirms the OMODA 7 will be its third model in the UK. Buyers can choose between two proven powertrains from parent company Chery International, each paired with generous specification grades, named Knight and Noble.

The base Knight trim offers premium technologies within a strong value proposition, including a heated eco leather steering wheel, dual-zone air-conditioning, a sixspeaker SONY audio system, cooled 50W wireless smartphone connection and 19-inch alloy wheels. Inside, the cabin delivers exceptional quality and comfort, easily accommodating five adults.

The Noble trim takes luxury further, adding a 12-speaker SONY system, six-way electric adjustment for driver and front passenger, heated and ventilated gaming-inspired seats, power tailgate, a 1.45m panoramic sunroof and 20-inch alloy wheels. It also introduces an airconditioning fragrance system and four-zone voice control – firsts for any UK-delivered OMODA.

The OMODA 7 will be offered as a fast-charging plug-in hybrid, featuring OMODA&JAECOO’s proprietary Super Hybrid System (SHS), which combines an 18.3 kWh battery with a 1.5-litre engine. Self-charging ensures it never runs flat, offering a WLTP range of over 700 miles – including 56 miles in EV-only mode – and producing 204 PS and 365 Nm of torque for 0-62 mph in just 8.4 seconds, with a top speed of 112 mph. Capable of fast charging at up to 40 kW, the SHS replenishes from 30% to 80% in just 20 minutes and includes Vehicle-to-Load (V2L) via a 3.3 kW port. With CO₂ emissions as low as 23 g/km, it delivers a rare combination of efficiency, refinement and performance.

OMODA UK will also offer UK customers the option of a 1.6-litre TGDI petrol engine that delivers 147 PS and 275 Nm of torque, sprinting from 0-62 mph in 10.4 seconds with a top speed of 118 mph.

Sporting a confident, athletic stance and a refined, techfocused cabin – complete with a new steering wheel design – the OMODA 7 embodies the brand’s “Art in Motion” and new “O-Universe” design philosophy, uniting sculpted aerodynamic lines with a poised, roadready presence. At the front, a borderless diamondpattern grille anchors the X-shaped design, flanked by slim follow-me-home LED Matrix headlights that create

a piercing, high-tech look. At the rear, it features “OUniverse” lightning bolt-shaped rear lights, as seen on the recently launched OMODA 4.

Inside, all OMODA 7 models are equipped with the latest tech. The screens are a 15.6-inch central touchscreen and a 10.25-inch digital instrument display. The main display, powered by Qualcomm’s Snapdragon 8155 chipset, means the system is fast and fluid. It’s also paired with wireless Apple CarPlay®, Android Auto™ and seamless OTA/FOTA updates as standard. From there, the driver can see the 540-degree camera with transparent chassis view, as well as easily swipe down to enable things like the 21 ADAS systems and custom preferences.

Available in five exterior colours – Selenite White, Obsidian Black, Chromite Silver, Larimar Green and Iced Moonstone – the OMODA 7 combines premium design with practicality, offering three ISOFIX points and a 639-litre boot.

Victor Zhang, UK Country Director, OMODA UK, said: “The OMODA 7 has been developed for the way people in the UK live and drive – it’s practical, dynamic and refined, yet still delivers that expressive, art-driven design language that defines our brand. With a choice between pure petrol and advanced super hybrid technology, the OMODA 7 represents our continued commitment to offering accessible premium SUV options to British drivers.”

Developed with European roads in mind, the OMODA 7 benefits from a chassis optimised by OMODA’s German R&D team, delivering an ideal balance of comfort and responsive handling. Safety remains a cornerstone of its design, with a high-strength steel structure and OMODA’s energy-absorbing “space capsule” body design. Advanced driver assistance systems come as standard, including adaptive cruise control, blind-spot monitoring and lane keeping, among others.

Fully in tune with the demands of modern drivers – with its contemporary design, advanced technology and luxurious comfort – the OMODA 7 will go on sale from January 2026 through OMODA&JAECOO’s UK-wide dealer network. Priced from £29,915 OTR** for the petrol variant and from £32,000 OTR** for the hybrid, both will include a 7-year/100,000-mile warranty (whichever comes first), an 8-year warranty on the battery (for the SHS), plus RAC Home Start as standard for the lifetime of the warranty*.

* Subject to servicing within the OMODA&JAECOO network, in line with the maintenance schedule

** All prices quoted are correct at time of writing, November 2025

*** SMMT, smmt.co.uk/vehicle-data/car-registrations

AION AUTO UK MAKES TRADE DEBUT WITH A COMMITMENT TO DOING THINGS DIFFERENTLY

New electrified car brand, AION, made its UK debut to the motor retail sector today at AM Live at the NEC in Birmingham with a commitment to bring a fresh approach in the way it does business with retailers.

AION was founded by GAC in 2017 as a highvalue electrified brand. It sold over 330,000 BEVs in China last year, ranking fourth for electric car sales in its home market. The AION brand will officially launch in the UK early next year, with first customer deliveries in the spring.

sustainable, long-term and profitable business for us and for our retail partners.”

Modular showroom display

Exemplifying its innovative approach, AION Auto UK used its trade debut to unveil a modular showroom display that enables retailers to quickly adopt the new AION brand into their existing showroom space. It will provide retail partners with a cost-efficient, sustainable, easily deployed onbrand showroom presence, avoiding the need for large upfront investments and wholesale interior renovations.

Experienced British management

AION Auto UK is being led by Managing Director Jon Wakefield, who formerly held leadership roles at Volvo UK, Volvo Europe, and Harwoods. He is heading up a British senior management team that is highly respected, hugely experienced and wellconnected across the UK industry.

“We’re bringing a new brand – but not a start-up –to the UK and we’re setting out to do things differently,” explains Wakefield. “We’re looking for retail partners, not dealers. We’ll establish partnerships based on strong relationships and trust. We want to work with them to design a framework that makes for straightforward business.

“Taking this different approach won’t be easy, but retailers tell us it’s a breath of fresh air. With deeper trust, business is simpler. Success lies in a commitment to provide an exceptional customer journey, from research and test drive through to purchase and into aftersales. That gives us the strongest foundations from which to build

Its modular construction means retailers can configure the showroom display as they wish, starting with two cars, and expanding the footprint as the model line-up and the scale of the business grows. Initial set-up and subsequent expansion of the display structure takes just a few hours, further reducing the scale of the investment in creating a smart, professional showroom presence.

World-class EVs backed by global automotive powerhouses

Leading AION’s introduction to the UK market is the AION V Csegment SUV, with deliveries planned to start in the spring. The AION UT B-segment hatchback will follow a few months later. The line-up will expand with new products being introduced each year, ultimately offering a full family of seven models by the end of the decade.

AION benefits from GAC’s extensive technical resources, which see over $6.5bn invested in R&D each year. The Group also has long-standing technical and manufacturing partnerships with established global suppliers and car manufacturers, establishing a culture of absolute quality that has helped it win nine consecutive first place JD Power Quality rankings in China.

AION Auto UK is a joint venture between GAC Group, one of China’s largest and oldest vehicle manufacturers, and Jameel Motors, independent international automotive distributor and mobility solutions provider. These two highly experienced shareholders bring the resources, commitment and expertise to succeed in building a sustainable, growing business in the UK.

BYD to redefine compact SUVs with ATTO 2 DM-i, featuring Super Hybrid with DM technology

BYD, the world’s leading manufacturer of new-energy vehicles, is proud to announce its latest model in Europe with Super Hybrid with DM technology: the ATTO 2 DM-i, a ground-breaking compact SUV that blends an EV driving experience with up to 1020km of combined range.

Proven by the success of the SEAL U DM-i, the best-selling plug-in hybrid model in several key European markets, Super Hybrid with DM technology gives the ATTO 2 DM-i the power to redefine the compact-SUV segment. It can travel for up to 90km on electric power alone, a feat unrivalled in its class. And the intelligent powertrain (DM-i stands for Dual Mode-intelligent) maximises efficiency on longer journeys by choosing hybrid modes as required. With a fully charged battery and a full tank of petrol, this can take the ATTO 2 DM-i more than 1000km – comfortably greater range than not only hybrid and mild-hybrid rivals

but also conventional combustion-powered compact SUVs.

Two versions of the ATTO 2 DM-i will be available, offering different battery sizes, EV and overall range, power outputs and performance, and the car will feature subtle design tweaks to set it apart from pure-electric versions of the ATTO 2. These changes include a larger middle front grille, decorative lower elements in the front bumper, the removal of the side vents in the front wings and resigned badging on the tailgate. There will also be a new exterior colour, Midnight Blue, that will be unique to the DM-i variant.

The BYD ATTO 2 DM-i will make its European debut at this week's Fleet Europe Days event in Luxembourg, before being introduced to media in November. Pre-sales will begin soon after, with first deliveries expected from the opening quarter of 2026.

I NATIONAL GRID TRIALS THE NEW ISUZU D-MAX EV IN LANDMARK PARTNERSHIP

suzu UK has entered into a strategic collaboration with National Grid Electricity Distribution (NGED) to test and refine the forthcoming D-Max EV ahead of its market launch in early 2026. NGED, one of the UK’s largest electricity distribution network operators, will deploy eight designated field operations engineers to put the D-Max EV through real-world operational conditions across its Midlands, South Wales and South West regions.

The trial follows four years of close collaboration between NGED and Isuzu, led by NGED’s Fleet Technical Specialist, Jane Nicholson. She and her team have met Isuzu’s design groups in Japan and Europe, feeding in operational requirements and converter input to integrate storage and equipment solutions tailored for utility fieldwork.

Fleet Technical Specialist at NGED, Jane Nicholson, said: “Isuzu has been very keen to have our input from the start, and we’ve met their design teams from Japan and Europe many times, providing them with detailed information on the business’s requirements. This led to us having the opportunity to design and build a D-Max alongside specialist vehicle converters Strongs, with our engineers providing input into the features and storage solutions that will make the biggest difference to their work, carrying out upgrades and repairs to the electricity network. We’ve always trialled EV vehicles before deploying them into the business, but never to the extent that we are doing with the Isuzu D-Max EV, which will have off-road capabilities and the ability to tow and winch.”

NGED has one of the UK’s largest and most diverse fleets and is increasingly switching to cleaner fuel sources to run them. It has 1,200 EVs comprising 400 commercial vehicles and 800 cars. The company has a strong record of working with manufacturers and specialists to develop vehicles, having previously partnered with Strongs to convert a passenger car into a light commercial vehicle with all-terrain capability.

Transport Manager at NGED, Chris Mayell, added: “This is a unique chance to shape not just the vehicle itself but the way it’s fitted out for the demands of our fieldwork. Ultimately, we hope it will also be another important step forward in our ambition to have a decarbonised fleet.”

An NGED technician based in Cornwall, David Cassidy, commented: “Isuzu and Strongs were upfront about what features could be included, and clear about the trade-offs too, like payload versus battery size. The vehicle itself feels impressively like our current diesel models, which makes the transition easier. I’m feeling genuinely excited about trialling the EV in daily work.”

An NGED technician based in Cardiff, Richard Gadd, added: “I’ve enjoyed exploring the 4x4’s capabilities

both on and off-road, getting to see the hard work and technology that’s gone into the vehicle, and the experience of connecting sustainability with real-world challenges.”

The New D-Max EV marries zero-emission electric drivetrain technology with the proven capability of Isuzu’s 4×4 pick-up architecture. Key specifications include:

• Dual-motor full-time 4WD system,

• 140 kW total power output and 325 Nm torque,

• 66.9 kWh lithium-ion battery pack,

• 3.5-tonne towing capacity,

• 1 tonne payload,

• 210 mm ground clearance,

• 600mm wading depth,

• 30.5° approach angle and 24.2° departure angle.

These specifications confirm the D-Max EV offers the industry-first combination of zero-emission driving with genuine 4×4 off-road, tow, and load capability, making it particularly suited to demanding utility, fleet and commercial applications.

Mark Hayes, Fleet Sales Manager at Isuzu UK, commented: “We are very proud to work alongside National Grid Electricity Distribution on this critical development phase of the D-Max EV. Their frontline field-engineering expertise and insights are invaluable to ensuring the vehicle is truly fit-for-purpose for utility fleets. The D-Max EV is engineered to deliver uncompromised capability, whether that’s towing, loading, off-road access or endurance, while enabling our fleet customers to take a bold step into zeroemission operation. Trials like this make certain we bring to market a vehicle that not only runs clean but also performs without compromise.”

To learn more about The New Isuzu D-Max EV, visit www.isuzu.co.uk/electric-pickup.

I ISUZU LAUNCHES LATEST HUNTSMAN ACCESSORY PACK WITH RETURNING LIMITED-EDITION TUNDRA GREEN FINISH

suzu UK proudly announces the arrival of the latest Huntsman Accessory Pack, now available to order through authorised Isuzu dealers nationwide. Coinciding with its launch is the highly anticipated return of the classic Tundra Green MICA paint finish, a colour that holds a special place in the hearts of gamekeepers and D-Max enthusiasts alike.

First revealed earlier this year at the 2025 Commercial Vehicle Show at Birmingham’s NEC, The New Isuzu D-Max Huntsman finished in Techno Grey drew significant attention from the rural and outdoor community. Based on the flagship V-Cross specification, this bespoke edition perfectly blends Isuzu’s proven toughness with practical refinements tailored to meet the needs of gamekeepers, forestry workers, and sportsmen who rely on their vehicles every day.

nod to Isuzu’s heritage in the UK. The colour became synonymous with the original 2012 Huntsman edition, the first of its kind and a favourite among rural professionals who valued its understated strength and natural, earthy tone, which blends well with its environment. Its return for 2025 symbolises both continuity and evolution, linking Isuzu’s rugged past with its technologically advanced present.

Built for the Field. Equipped for the Job.

Designed and fitted by Isuzu’s specialist Import Centre Facility (ICF), the Huntsman Accessory Pack transforms the already capable D-Max into a true working companion. Each element has been carefully selected to enhance functionality, durability, and ease of use in real-world countryside environments.

The Huntsman Accessory Pack includes everything required for serious outdoor use:

• Under-Rail Bed Liner

• Aeroklas E-Tronic Canopy – available in Commercial (no side windows) or Leisure (with side windows) versions

• Gearmate Drawer System with Key Lock

• Towbar with 13-pin Towing Electrics

• Black Side Steps

• Black Roof Rails

• Tailgate Assist

• 3D Mat Set

• 18” Black Alloy Wheels

• General Grabber AT3 All-Terrain Tyres

Heritage Reborn

Reintroducing Tundra Green MICA marks a significant

Darren James, Group Resources Director at Isuzu UK, commented:

“We’ve had countless requests from our loyal customers to bring back Tundra Green. It’s a colour that truly captures the spirit of the countryside and the origins of the Huntsman name. The new Huntsman Accessory Pack blends that heritage with modern functionality, offering today’s gamekeepers, sportsmen, and rural professionals a D-Max that’s not only tough and capable but tailored perfectly for life in the field. We’re incredibly excited to see these vehicles back on British roads, and back in green.”

Supporting Countryside Community

Isuzu UK’s connection to the countryside runs deep, and this year the brand continues to strengthen its longstanding collaboration with the British Association for Shooting and Conservation (BASC). Through this partnership, Isuzu provides ongoing support for the UK’s rural community and field sports enthusiasts.

As part of the collaboration, BASC members can benefit from exclusive discounts across the Isuzu D-Max range, including vehicles fitted with the Huntsman Accessory Pack. This initiative underlines Isuzu’s commitment to those who work hard to protect, manage, and enjoy the British countryside. For more information, please visit www.basc.org.uk/members-offers/motoring-discounts/ isuzu.

Availability & Pricing

The Huntsman Accessory Pack is available to order now through Isuzu’s authorised UK dealer network. Customers can choose from two canopy options, Commercial or Leisure, with the Huntsman Accessory Pack for £6,995 (excluding VAT). For those seeking a more exclusive appearance, the accessory pack with bespoke repaint option is available for £10,495 (excluding VAT), offering a choice of two unique colours:

• Techno Grey Metallic, the striking shade that debuted on the 2025 CV Show concept vehicle,

• Tundra Green MICA, the returning heritage favourite that celebrates the Huntsman’s origins.

For more information on the Isuzu D-Max Huntsman Accessory Pack, visit www.isuzu.co.uk/accessories